Car Part Viii

PARTVIII
AIRNAVIGATIONREGULATIONS

CAR Part VIII Subpart 1, GENERAL
CAR PART VIII SUBPART 1 GENERAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION A GENERAL................................................................................................................. 5 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. APPLICABILITY .................................................................................................................... 5 DEFINITIONS ....................................................................................................................... 5 COMMON REFERENCE SYSTEMS ...................................................................................19 UNITS OF MEASUREMENT................................................................................................19 REQUIREMENT FOR CERTIFICATE ..................................................................................20 APPLICATION FOR CERTIFICATE.....................................................................................20 ISSUE OF CERTIFICATE ....................................................................................................20 PRIVILEGES OF CERTIFICATE .........................................................................................20 DURATION OF CERTIFICATE ............................................................................................21
10. RENEWAL OF CERTIFICATE .............................................................................................21 11. TRANSFER OR WITHDRAWAL OF CERTIFICATE .............................................................21 12. CHANGES TO CERTIFICATE HOLDERS ORGANISATION ...............................................21 13. OPERATIONAL APPROVAL ................................................................................................22 SECTION B CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS .......................................................................22 14. PERSONNEL REQUIREMENTS .........................................................................................22 15. FACILITY REQUIREMENTS................................................................................................23 16. DOCUMENTATION .............................................................................................................23 17. RECORDS ...........................................................................................................................24 18. INTERNAL QUALITY ASSURANCE ....................................................................................24 19. SAFETY MANAGEMENT.....................................................................................................25 20. ORGANISATIONAL EXPOSITION.......................................................................................26 SECTION C OPERATING REQUIREMENTS ..............................................................................27 2
21. CONTINUED COMPLIANCE ...............................................................................................27 22. SAFETY INSPECTIONS AND AUDITS ...............................................................................27
AMENDMENTS TO CAR PART VIII, SUBPART 1

Initial Issue November 2009 Amendment # INTRODUCTION OF CIVIL AVIATION REGULATIONS PART VIII, SUBPART 1 GENERAL, BASED UPON ICAO ANNEXES 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 11 AND 12.
Summary of Amendment
Amendment Date
Section A General 1
1.1
Applicability
CAR Part VIII, in the Subparts shown below, contains the Rules governing 1. The general requirements for; a. certification, b. ongoing surveillance c. transfer or revocation and suspension of a certificate
d. quality assurance, e. safety management systems, f. operational approvals
2. The certification and operation of organisations providing; a. an Aeronautical Information Service (AIS) for the UAE on behalf of the GCAA, 3. The requirements for; a. the UAE Aeronautical Information Publication (AIP), b. the Aeronautical Information Circulars (AIC) and NOTAM. 4. The certification and operation of organisations providing Search and Rescue Services, 5. The certification and operation of organisations providing Air Traffic Services, 6. The certification and operation of organisations Communication, Navigation and Surveillance Services, 7. The certification and operation Meteorological Services, of organisations providing providing
8. The certification and operation of organisations providing Flight Procedure Designs Services, 9. The certification and operation of organisations providing Airspace Planning and Management.
2
2.1
Definitions
The use of the word shall in these Regulations means the requirement is mandatory. The use of the word should does not mean that compliance is optional but rather that, where insurmountable difficulties exist, the Authority may accept an alternative means of compliance, provided that an acceptable safety assurance document from the ATS provider shows that the safety requirements will not be reduced below that intended by the requirement. Accepted/Acceptable. Means not objected to by the Authority as suitable for the purpose intended. Accepting unit/controller. ATC unit/controller next to take control of an aircraft Accident. An occurrence associated with an operation of an aircraft which takes place between the time any person boards the aircraft with the intention of flight until such time as all such persons have disembarked, in which: 5
2.2
1. A person is fatally or seriously injured as a result of : a. being in the aircraft, or b. direct contact with any part of the aircraft, including parts which have become detached from the aircraft, or c. direct exposure to jet blast,
Except when the injuries are from natural causes, self-inflicted or inflicted by other persons, or when the injuries are to stowaways hiding outside the areas normally available to passengers and crew; or 2. The aircraft sustains damage or structural failure which: a. adversely affects the structural strength, performance or flight characteristics of the aircraft, and b. would normally require major repair or replacement of the affected component, Except for engine failure or damage, when the damage is limited to the engine, its cowlings or accessories; or for damage to propellers, wing tips, antennas, tires, brakes, fairings, small dents or puncture holes in the aircraft skin; or 3. The aircraft is missing or completely inaccessible. An aircraft is considered missing when the official search has been terminated and the wreckage has not been located. Accuracy. A degree of conformance between the estimated or measured value and the true value. ADS-B (Automatic Dependent Surveillance Broadcast). A means by which aircraft, vehicles and other objects can automatically transmit and/or receive data such as identification, position and additional data, as appropriate, in a broadcast mode via a data link. ADS-C (Automatic Dependent Surveillance Contract). A means by which the terms of an ADS-C agreement will be exchanged between the ground system and the aircraft, via a data link, specifying under what conditions ADS-C reports would be initiated, and what data would be contained in the reports. ADS-C agreement. A reporting plan which establishes the conditions of ADS-C data reporting (i.e. data required by the ATS unit and frequency of reports which have to be agreed to prior to using ADS-C in the provision of ATS) Aerodrome. A defined area on land or water (including any buildings, installations and equipment) intended to be used either wholly or in part for the arrival, departure and surface movement of aircraft. Aerodrome beacon. Aeronautical beacon used to indicate the location of an aerodrome from the air. Aerodrome control service. Air traffic control service for aerodrome traffic. Aerodrome control tower. A unit established to provide air traffic control service to aerodrome traffic. Aerodrome elevation. The elevation of the highest point of the landing area. Aerodrome facilities and equipment. Facilities and equipment, inside or outside the boundaries of the aerodrome, that are constructed or installed, operated and maintained for the arrival, departure and surface movement of aircraft. Aerodrome flight information service (AFIS). A flight information service provided to aerodrome traffic at an uncontrolled aerodrome provided with such a service. Aerodrome Meteorological Office. An office, located at an aerodrome, 6
designated to provide meteorological services for international air navigation. Aerodrome traffic. All traffic on the manoeuvring area of an aerodrome and all aircraft flying in the vicinity of an aerodrome. Aerodrome traffic zone. An airspace of defined dimensions, extending upwards from the surface of the earth, established around an aerodrome for the protection of aerodrome traffic. Aeronautical chart. A representation of a portion of the Earth, its culture and relief, specifically designated to meet the requirements of air navigation. Aeronautical data. A representation of aeronautical facts, concepts or instructions in a formalised manner suitable for communication, interpretation or processing. Aeronautical facility means 1. The various types of aeronautical communications systems used in either an aeronautical broadcast service or an aeronautical fixed service, that support IFR flight or an air traffic service; or 2. The ground elements of communication systems used for an aeronautical mobile service; or 3. The various types of radio navigation aids used for the aeronautical radio navigation service; or 4. Any other type of ground based telecommunication system that supports IFR flight or an air traffic service. Aeronautical fixed service. A telecommunication service between specified fixed points provided primarily for the safety of air navigation and for the regular, efficient and economical operation of air services. Aeronautical Information Circular (AIC). A notice containing information that does not qualify for the origination of a NOTAM or for inclusion in the AIP but which relates to flight safety, air navigation, technical, administrative or legislative matters. Aeronautical Information Publication (AIP). A publication issued by or with the authority of a State and containing aeronautical information of a lasting character essential to air navigation. Aeronautical Information Service (AIS). A service established within the defined area of coverage responsible for the provision of aeronautical information/data necessary for the safety, regularity and efficiency of air navigation. Aeronautical Meteorological Station. A station designated to make observations and meteorological reports for use in international air navigation. Aeronautical mobile service. A mobile service between aeronautical stations and aircraft stations, or between aircraft stations, in which survival craft stations may participate; emergency position-indicating radio beacon stations may also participate in this service on designated distress and emergency frequencies. Aeronautical mobile-satellite service. A mobile-satellite service in which mobile earth stations are located on board aircraft; survival craft stations and emergency position-indicating radio beacon stations may also participate in this service. Aeronautical radio navigation service. A radio navigation service intended for the benefit and for the safe operation of aircraft. Aeronautical telecommunication service. A telecommunication service provided for any aeronautical purpose. Aeroplane. A power driven, heavier than air aircraft, deriving its lift in flight chiefly from aerodynamic reactions on surfaces which remain fixed under 7
given conditions of flight. Airborne collision avoidance system (ACAS). An aircraft system based on secondary surveillance radar transponder signals which operates independently of ground-based equipment to provide information to the pilot on potential conflicting aircraft that are equipped with SSR transponders. Aircraft. Any machine that can derive support in the atmosphere from the reactions of the air other than the reaction of the air against the earths surface. Aircraft observation. The evaluation of one or more meteorological elements made from an aircraft in flight. Air Navigation Services. Services provided to air traffic during all phases of operations including air traffic service (ATS) communications, navigation and surveillance (CNS), meteorological services for air navigation (MET), search and rescue (SAR) and aeronautical information services (AIS). Air Navigation Service Provider. Any organisation that is providing air navigation services to air traffic and that is functionally separated from its regulator. Air-taxiing. Movement of a helicopter above the surface of an aerodrome, normally in ground effect and at a speed normally less than 20kt. Air traffic. All aircraft in flight or operating on the manoeuvring area of an aerodrome. Air traffic control clearance. Authorisation for an aircraft to proceed under conditions specified by an air traffic control unit. Air traffic control unit. A generic term meaning variously, area control centre, approach control unit or aerodrome control tower. Air traffic flow management (ATFM). A service established with the objective of contributing to a safe, orderly and expeditious flow of air traffic by ensuring that ATC capacity is utilized to the maximum extent possible and that the traffic volume is compatible with the capacities declared by the appropriate ATS authority. Air Traffic Management.(ATM) The dynamic integrated management of air traffic and airspacesafely, economically and efficientlythrough the provision of facilities and seamless services in collaboration with all parties. Air traffic service. A generic term meaning variously, flight information service, alerting service, air traffic advisory service, air traffic control services (area control, approach control, or aerodrome control services). Alerting service. A service provided to notify appropriate organisations regarding aircraft in need of search and rescue aid, and assist such organisations as required. Alert phase. A situation wherein apprehension exists as to the safety of an aircraft and its occupants Alternate aerodrome. An aerodrome to which an aircraft may proceed when it becomes either impossible or inadvisable to proceed to or land at the aerodrome of intended landing. Alternate aerodromes include the following: 1. Take-off alternate. An alternate aerodrome at which an aircraft can land should this become necessary shortly after take-off and it is not possible to use the aerodrome of departure, 2. En-route alternate. An aerodrome at which an aircraft would be able to land after experiencing an abnormal or emergency condition while en route, 3. Destination alternate. An alternate aerodrome to which an aircraft may proceed should it become either impossible or inadvisable to land at the aerodrome of intended landing. 8
Note: The aerodrome from which a flight departs may also be an en-route or a destination alternate aerodrome for that flight. Altitude. The vertical distance of a level, a point or an object considered as a point, measured from mean sea level (MSL). Approach control service. An ATC service for arriving or departing controlled flights Approach control unit. A unit established to provide ATC services to controlled flights arriving at or departing from one or more aerodromes. Approved ATS training organisation. An organisation approved by the Authority in accordance with the requirements of Annex 1 to perform ATS training and operating under the supervision of the Authority. Approved by the Authority. Means documented by the Authority as suitable for the purpose intended. Apron. A defined area, on a land aerodrome, intended to accommodate aircraft for purposes of loading or unloading passengers, mail or cargo, fuelling, parking or Maintenance. Apron management service. A service provided to regulate the activities and the movement of aircraft and vehicles on an apron. Appropriate ATS Authority. The relevant authority designated by the State to be responsible for providing air traffic services in the airspace concerned. Within the Civil Aviation Law, it refers to the concerned authorities of the respective Emirates. Area control centre.(ACC) A unit established to provide air traffic control service to controlled flights in control areas under its jurisdiction. Area control service. Air traffic control service for controlled flights in control areas. Area navigation (RNAV). A method of navigation which permits aircraft operation on any desired flight path within the coverage of ground- or space-based navigation aids or within the limits of capability of self contained aids, or a combination of these. (Note. Area navigation includes performance based navigation as well as other operations that do not meet the definition of performance based navigation.) ATC Examiner. A person, meeting the requirements of Appendix 3, authorised to conduct examinations for the issue and renewal of Certificates of Competency at operational positions or sectors where the holder is currently competent. ATS provider. An organisation providing air traffic services within certain airspace or at an airport. ATS surveillance system. A generic term meaning variously ADS-B, PSR, SSR or any comparable ground-based system that enables the identification of aircraft. Authority. Means the General Civil Aviation Authority of the United Arab Emirates, the competent body responsible for the safety regulation of Civil Aviation. For the purpose of this Rule part, the Authority shall mean the ANS regulations section of the Department of Aviation Security and Infrastructure. Automatic dependent surveillance (ADS). A surveillance technique in which aircraft automatically provide, via a data link, data derived from onboard navigation and position-fixing systems, including aircraft identification, four dimensional position and additional data as appropriate. Automatic terminal information service (ATIS). The automatic provision of current, routine information to arriving and departing aircraft throughout 9
24 hours or a specified portion thereof: Data link-automatic terminal information service (D-ATIS). The provision of ATIS via data link. Voice-automatic terminal information service (Voice-ATIS). The provision of ATIS by means of continuous and repetitive voice broadcasts. Briefing. Oral commentary on existing and/or expected meteorological conditions. Calendar. A discrete temporal reference system that provides the basis for defining temporal position to a resolution of one day. Certificated CNS Maintenance unit. A unit whose operator has been granted a CNS Maintenance Certificate. CNS Maintenance Certificate. A Certificate issued by the Authority under Civil Aviation Regulation VIII for the operation of a CNS Maintenance unit. CNS Maintenance Unit. An organisation that provides Maintenance services to an CNS facilities supporting an ANS provider. CNS Manual. The Manual that forms part of the application for an CNS Maintenance Certificate pursuant to these Regulations, including any amendments thereto accepted by the Authority Competent Authority. The Ministry of Communications or the body designated from among its departments to supervise matters relating to civil aviation and its development. Conditional Clearance. An ATC clearance issued to an aircraft which does not become effective until a specified condition has been satisfied. The condition will normally relate to another aircraft or vehicle. Contour Line. A line on a map or chart connecting points of equal elevation. Control area. A controlled airspace extending upwards from a specified limit above the earth. Controlled aerodrome. An aerodrome at which an ATC service is provided to aerodrome traffic. Controlled airspace. An airspace of defined dimensions within which ATC service is provided in accordance with the airspace classification. Controlled flight. Any flight which is subject to an ATC clearance. Control zone. A controlled airspace extending upwards from the surface of the earth to a specified upper limit. Culture. All man made features constructed on the surface of the Earth, such as cities, railways and canals. Cyclic redundancy check (CRC). A mathematical algorithm applied to the digital expression of data that provides a level of assurance against loss or alteration of data. Danger area. An airspace of defined dimensions within which activities dangerous to the flight of aircraft may exist at specified times. Data link communications. A form of communication intended for the exchange of messages via a data link. Data quality. A degree or level of confidence that the data provided meet the requirements of the data user in terms of accuracy, resolution and integrity. Datum. Any quantity or set of quantities that may serve as a reference or basis for the calculation of other quantities. Declared capacity. A measure of the ability of the ATC system or any of its subsystems or operating positions to provide service to aircraft during normal activities. It is expressed as the number of aircraft entering a 10
specified portion of airspace in a given period of time, taking due account of weather, ATC unit configuration, staff and equipment available, and any other factors that may affect the workload of the controller responsible for the airspace. Distress phase. A situation wherein there is reasonable certainty that an aircraft and its occupants are threatened by grave and imminent danger or require immediate assistance. Downstream clearance. A clearance issued to an aircraft by an air traffic control unit that is not the current controlling authority of that aircraft. Elevation. The vertical distance of a point or a level, on or affixed to the surface of the earth, measured from mean sea level. Ellipsoid height (Geodetic height). The height related to the reference ellipsoid, measured along the ellipsoidal outer normal through the point in question. Essential Traffic. Essential traffic is controlled traffic to which the provision of separation by ATC is applicable, but which, in relation to a particular controlled flight is not, or will not be, separated from other controlled traffic by the appropriate separation minimum. Final Approach. That part of an instrument approach procedure which commences at the specified final approach fix or point, or where such a fix or point is not specified 1. At the end of the last procedure turn, base turn or inbound turn of a racetrack procedure, if specified; or 2. At the point of interception of the last track specified in the approach procedure; and 3. Ends at a point in the vicinity of an aerodrome from which: a. a landing can be made; or b. a missed approach procedure is initiated. Flight crew member. A licensed crew member charged with duties essential to the operation of an aircraft during a flight duty period. Flight documentation. Written or printed documents, including charts or forms, containing meteorological information for a flight. Flight information centre. A unit established to provide flight information service and alerting service. Flight information region. An airspace of defined dimensions within which flight information service and alerting service are provided. Flight information service. A service provided for the purpose of giving advice and information useful for the safe and efficient conduct of flights. Forecast. A statement of expected meteorological conditions for a specified time or period, and for a specified area or portion of airspace. Geodesic distance. The shortest distance between any two points on a mathematically defined ellipsoidal surface. Geodetic datum. A minimum set of parameters required to define location and orientation of the local reference system with respect to the global reference system/frame. Geoid. The equipotential surface in the gravity field of the earth which coincides with the undisturbed mean sea level (MSL) extended continuously through the continents. Note: The geoid is irregular in shape because of local gravitational disturbances (wind, tides salinity, current etc) and the direction of gravity is perpendicular to the geoid at every point. Geoid undulation. The distance of the geoid above (positive) or below 11
(negative) the mathematical reference ellipsoid. Note:In respect to the WGS-84 defined ellipsoid, the difference between the WGS-84 ellipsoidal height and orthometric height represents WGS-84 geoid undulation. Gregorian calendar. Calendar in general use; first introduced in 1582 to define a year that more closely approximates the tropical year than the Julian calendar. Height. The vertical distance of a level, point or an object considered as a point, measured from a specific datum. Heliport. An aerodrome or a defined area on a structure intended to be used wholly or in part for the arrival, departure and surface movement of helicopters. Human Factors principles. Principles which apply to aeronautical design, certification, training, operations and maintenance e and which seek safe interface between the human and other system components by proper consideration to human performance. Human performance. Human capabilities and limitations which have an impact on the safety and efficiency of aeronautical operations. IFR flight. A flight conducted in accordance with the instrument flight rules. Instrument runway. One of the following types of runways intended for the operation of aircraft using instrument approach procedures: 1. Non-precision approach runway. An instrument runway served by visual aids and a non-visual aid providing at least directional guidance adequate for a straight-in approach. 2. Precision approach runway, category I. An instrument runway served by ILS and/or MLS and visual aids intended for operations with a decision height not lower than 60 m (200 ft) and either a visibility not less than 800 m or a runway visual range not less than 550 m. 3. Precision approach runway, category II. An instrument runway served by ILS and/or MLS and visual aids intended for operations with a decision height lower than 60 m (200 ft) but not lower than 30 m (100 ft) and a runway visual range not less than 350 m. 4. Precision approach runway, category III. An instrument runway served by ILS and/or MLS to and along the surface of the runway and: a. intended for operations with a decision height lower than 30 m (100 ft), or no decision height and a runway visual range not less than 200 m. b. intended for operations with a decision height lower than 15 m (50 ft), or no decision height and a runway visual range less than 200 m but not less than 50 m. c. intended for operations with no decision height and no runway visual range limitations.
Note - Where decision height (DH) and runway visual range (RVR) fall into different categories of operation, the instrument approach and landing operation would be conducted in accordance with the requirements of the most demanding category (e.g. an operation with a DH in the range of CAT IIIA but with an RVR in the range of CAT IIIB would be considered a CAT IIIB operation or an operation with a DH in the range of CAT II but with an RVR in the range of CAT I would be considered a CAT II operation). Instrument Meteorological Conditions (IMC). Meteorological conditions expressed in terms of visibility, distance from cloud, and ceiling, less than the minima specified for visual meteorological conditions. 12
Integrated Aeronautical Information Package (IAIP). A package which consists of the following elements: 1. AIP, including amendment service; 2. Supplements to the AIP; 3. NOTAM and PIB; 4. AIC; and 5. Checklists and lists of valid NOTAM. Integrity (aeronautical data). A degree of assurance that an aeronautical data and its value has not been lost or altered since the data origination or authorized amendment. International airport. Any airport designated by the Contracting State in whose territory it is situated as an airport of entry and departure for international air traffic, where the formalities incident to customs, immigration, public health, animal and plant quarantine and similar procedures are carried out. International NOTAM office (NOF). An office designated by a State for the exchange of NOTAM internationally. Local Competence Examiner. A person, meeting the requirements of Appendix 3, authorised to conduct examinations for the renewal of Certificates of Competence, including re-issues following lapses of a validation of less than 12 months or suspensions from positions where the holder is currently competent. Manoeuvring area. That part of an aerodrome to be used for the take-off, landing and taxiing of aircraft, excluding aprons. Marker. An object displayed above ground level in order to indicate an obstacle or delineate a boundary. Marking. A symbol or group of symbols displayed on the surface of the movement area in order to convey aero-nautical information. Maintenance. The term Maintenance includes the operation, regular Maintenance, repair, modification and overhaul of facilities. Meteorological Authority. The authority providing or arranging for the provision of meteorological service for international air navigation on behalf of a Contracting State. Meteorological bulletin. A text comprising meteorological information preceded by an appropriate heading. Meteorological information. Meteorological report, analysis, forecast, and any other statement relating to existing or expected meteorological conditions. Meteorological office. An office designated to provide meteorological service for international air navigation. Meteorological report. A statement of observed meteorological conditions related to a specific time and location. Movement area. That part of an aerodrome to be used for the take-off, landing and taxiing of aircraft, consisting of the manoeuvring area and the apron(s). Multilateration. A ground-based independent cooperative ATM system, using transponder signals received by a number of ground based receivers and processed to calculate the position of origin of the signal. Navigation specification. A set of aircraft and flight crew requirements needed to support performance-based navigation within a defined airspace. There are two kinds of navigation specification: Required Navigation performance (RNP) specification and area navigation (RNAV) specification. 13
NOTAM. A notice distributed by means of telecommunication containing information concerning the establishment, condition or change in any aeronautical facility, service, procedure or hazard, the timely knowledge of which is essential to personnel concerned with flight operations. Observation (meteorological) meteorological elements. The evaluation of one or more
Obstacle. All fixed (whether temporary or permanent) and mobile objects, or parts thereof, that are located on an area intended for the surface movement of aircraft; or extend above a defined surface intended to protect aircraft in flight, or stand outside those defined surfaces and have been assessed as being a hazard to air navigation. Obstacle free zone (OFZ). The airspace above the inner approach surface, inner transitional surfaces, and balked landing surface and that portion of the strip bounded by these surfaces, which is not penetrated by any fixed obstacle other than a low-mass and frangibly mounted one required for air navigation purposes. Obstacle/terrain data collection surface. A defined surface intended for the purpose of collecting obstacle/terrain data. Orthometric height. Height of a point related to the geoid, generally presented as a MSL elevation. Performance based navigation (PBN). Area navigation based on performance requirements for aircraft operating along an ATS route, on an instrument approach procedure or in a designated airspace. Position (geographical). Set of coordinates (latitude and longitude) referenced to the mathematical reference ellipsoid which define the position of a point on the surface of the earth. Precision. The smallest difference that can be reliably distinguished by a measurement process. Note: In reference to geoid surveys, precision is a degree of refinement in performance of an operation or a degree of perfection in the instruments and methods used when taking measurements. Pre-flight information bulletin (PIB). A presentation of current NOTAM information of operational significance, prepared prior to flight. Problematic use of substances. The use of one or more psychoactive substances by aviation personnel in a way that: 1. Constitutes a direct hazard to the user or endangers the lives, health or welfare of others; and/or 2. Causes or worsens an occupational, social, mental or physical problem or disorder. Prohibited area. An airspace of defined dimensions, above the land areas or territorial waters of a State, within which the flight of aircraft is prohibited. Psychoactive substances. Alcohol, opioids, cannabinoids, sedatives and hypnotics, cocaine, other psychostimulants, hallucinogens, and volatile solvents, whereas coffee and tobacco are excluded. Quality. Degree to which a set of inherent characteristics fulfils requirements. Note 1: The term quality can be used with adjectives such as poor, good or excellent. Note 2: Inherent, as opposed to assigned, means existing in something, especially as a permanent characteristic. Quality assurance. Part of quality management focused on providing confidence that quality requirements will be fulfilled. Quality control. Part of quality management focused on fulfilling quality 14
requirements. Quality management. Coordinated activities to direct and control an organisation with regard to quality. Quality system. Documented organisational procedures and policies; internal audit of those procedures and policies; management review and recommendation for quality improvement. Radio Navigation Aids. ILS, MLS, GNSS, VOR, DME, NDB, and VHF marker beacons Radio Navigation Service. A service providing guidance information or position data for the efficient and safe operation of aircraft supported by one or more radio navigation aids Rating. An authorisation entered on or associated with a licence and forming part thereof, stating special conditions, privileges or limitations pertaining to such licence. Rating Examiner. A person, meeting the requirements of Appendix 4, authorised to conduct ATC college examinations and lead examination boards. Relief. The inequalities in elevation of the surface of the Earth, represented on aeronautical charts by contours, hypsometric tints, shading or spot elevations. Reporting point. A specified geographical location in relation to which the position of an aircraft can be reported. Required navigation performance (RNP). A statement of the navigation performance necessary for operation within a defined airspace. Rescue coordination centre (RCC). A unit responsible for promoting efficient organisation of search and rescue services and for coordinating the conduct of search and rescue operations within a search and rescue region. Resolution. A number of units or digits to which a measured or calculated value is expressed and used. Restricted area. An airspace of defined dimensions, above the land areas or territorial waters of a State, within which the flight of aircraft is restricted in accordance with certain specified conditions. Route stage. A route or portion of a route flown without an intermediate landing. Runway visual range (RVR). The range over which the pilot of an aircraft on the centre line of a runway can see the runway surface markings or the lights delineating the runway or identifying its centre line. Safety Management System (SMS). A systematic approach to managing safety, including the necessary organisational structures, accountabilities, policies and procedures. Safety-sensitive personnel. Persons who might endanger aviation safety if they perform their duties and functions improperly, including, but not limited to, crew members, aircraft maintenance personnel and air traffic controllers. SIGMET information. Information issued by a meteorological watch office concerning the occurrence or expected occurrence of specified enroute weather phenomena which may affect the safety of aircraft operations. Significant point. A specified geographical location used in defining an ATS route or the flight path of an aircraft and for other navigation and ATS purposes. Special VFR flight. A VFR flight cleared by air traffic control to operate within a control zone in meteorological conditions below VMC. Station declination. An alignment variation between the zero degree radial of a VOR and true north, determined at the time the VOR station is 15
calibrated. Taxiing. Movement of an aircraft on the surface of an aerodrome under its own power, excluding take-off and landing. Terminal control area. A control area normally established the confluence of ATS routes in the vicinity of one or more major aerodromes. Terrain. The surface of the Earth containing naturally occurring features such as mountains, hills, ridges, valleys, bodies of water, permanent ice and snow and excluding obstacles. Note: In practical terms, depending on the method of data collection used, terrain represents the continuous surface that exists at the bare Earth, the top of the canopy or something in-between, also known as first reflective surface. Traffic avoidance advice. Advice provided by an air traffic services unit specifying manoeuvres to assist a pilot to avoid a collision. Traffic information. Information issued by an air traffic service unit to alert a pilot to other known or observed air traffic which may be in proximity to the position or intended route of flight and to help the pilot avoid a collision. Transfer of control point. A defined point located along the flight path of an aircraft, at which the responsibility for providing air traffic control service to the aircraft is transferred form one control unit or control position to the next. Transferring unit. An air traffic control unit in the process of transferring the responsibility for providing air traffic control service to an aircraft to the next air traffic control unit along the route of flight. Uncertainty phase. A situation wherein uncertainty exists as to the safety of an aircraft and its occupants. Validation. Confirmation, through the provision of objective evidence, that the requirements for a specific intended use or application have been fulfilled. Verification. Confirmation, through the provision of objective evidence, that specified requirements have been fulfilled. Note1: The term verified is used to designate the corresponding status. Note2: Confirmation can comprise activities such as : 1. Performing alternative calculations; 2. Comparing a new design specification with a similar proven design specification; 3. Undertaking tests and demonstrations; and 4. Reviewing documents prior to issue. VFR flight. A flight conducted in accordance with the visual flight rules. Visual meteorological conditions (VMC). Meteorological conditions expressed in terms of visibility, distance from cloud and ceiling, equal to or better than specified minima. Waypoint. A specified geographical location used to define an area navigation route or the flight path of an aircraft employing area navigation, identified as either: 1. Fly by waypoint. A waypoint which requires turn anticipation to allow tangential interception of the next segment of a route or procedure, or 2. Flyover waypoint. A waypoint at which a turn is initiated in order to join the next segment of a route or procedure. World Meteorological Organisation (WMO). The agency of the United Nations relating to climate, meteorology, hydrology and related geophysical 16
sciences.
2.3
The Acronyms/ Abbreviations used in this document have the following meanings: ACAS ADS AFIS AIP AIRAC ALERFA APP ATC AMSL ATFM ATIS ATM ATN ATS ATZ AWY CNS CRC CTA CTR DETRESFA DME FIR FIS FISA GNSS GPS Airborne collision avoidance system Automatic dependent surveillance Aerodrome flight information service Aeronautical information publication Aeronautical information regulation and control Alert phase Approach control Air traffic control Above mean sea level Air traffic flow management Automatic terminal information service Air traffic management Aeronautical telecommunication network Air traffic service Aerodrome traffic zone Airway Communications, navigation and surveillance Cyclical redundancy check Control area Control zone Distress phase Distance measurement equipment Flight information region Flight information service Automated flight information service Global navigation satellite system Global positioning system 17
GUND IFR ILS IMC INCERFA LOC LVC LVO LVP MDA/H MET METAR MLS MSAW NDB NOTAM PANS PIB QFE
Geoid undulation Instrument flight rules Instrument landing system Instrument meteorological conditions Uncertainty phase Localizer Low visibility conditions Low visibility operation/s Low visibility procedure/s Minimum descent altitude/height Meteorology Aerodrome routine meteorological report Microwave landing system Minimum safe altitude warning Non-directional beacon Notice to airmen Procedures for air navigation services Pre-flight information bulletin Atmospheric pressure threshold) elevation at aerodrome (or runway
QNH
Altimeter subscale setting to obtain elevation when on ground Rescue coordination centre Area navigation Required navigation performance Radiotelephone Runway visual range Reduced vertical separation minimum Runway Search and rescue Standard instrument departure Information concerning en-route weather phenomena 18
RCC RNAV RNP RTF RVR RVSM RWY SAR SID SIGMET
which may affect the safety of aircraft operations SMC SMGCS SMR SPECI SSR STAR SUP TIBA TWR UIR UTC VFR VMC VOR WGS- 84 Surface movement control Surface movement guidance and control system Surface movement radar Aerodrome special meteorological report Secondary surveillance radar Standard instrument arrival AIP Supplement Traffic information broadcast by aircraft Aerodrome control tower or aerodrome control Upper flight information region Coordinated Universal Time Visual flight rules Visual meteorological conditions Very high frequency omnidirectional radio range World Geodetic System - 1984
3
3.1
Common Reference Systems

Horizontal reference system: World Geodetic System - 1984 (WGS-84) shall be used as the horizontal (geodetic) reference system. Reported aeronautical geographical coordinates (indicating latitude and longitude) shall be expressed in terms of the WGS-84 geodetic reference datum. Vertical reference system: Mean sea level (MSL) datum, which gives the relationship of gravity-related height (elevation) to a surface known as the geoid, shall be used as the vertical reference system. Temporal reference system: The Gregorian calendar and Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) shall be used as the temporal reference system.
4
4.1
Units of Measurement
Annex 5 contains specifications for the use of a standardized system of units of measurement in international civil aviation air and ground operations. This standardized system of units of measurement is based on the International System of Units (SI) and certain non-SI units considered necessary to meet the specialized requirements of international civil aviation. Subject to paragraph 4.2, the units of measure used for aeronautical purposes in the United Arab Emirates are those specified in the International System of Units as adopted in Annex 5 to the ICAO Convention.
4.2
Non International System Units adopted by Annex 5 are used in accordance with the following table within the UAE: 19
Quantity Altitude Distance Elevations Heights Speed, including wind speed Vertical speed
Non SI symbol Feet (ft). Nautical Miles (NM) Feet (ft). Feet (ft). Knots (kt) Feet per minute (ft/min)
5
5.1
Requirement for Certificate

No person shall provide a service to aviation, as listed in paragraphs 1.1.2 to 1.1.8 inclusive of this Subpart, within the UAE FIR except under the authority of, and in accordance with the provisions of, a certificate issued under this Part. Because of the general nature of this Subpart, the use of the term service certificate shall refer to a certificate issued for any of the services listed in paragraphs 1.1.2 to 1.1.8 inclusive
5.2
6
6.1
Application for Certificate

Each applicant for the grant of such a service certificate shall complete the GCAA form related to the service intended and submit it to the Director of Aviation Security and Infrastructure, GCAA. All elements of the form shall be completed. The submission shall include the exposition required by the relevant Subpart and payment of the appropriate application fee specified by the GCAA Board under Article 10.7 of the GCAA Law.
6.2
7
7.1
Issue of Certificate
Each applicant is entitled to a service certificate if; 1. The applicant meets the requirements of section B of the Rule; and 2. The applicant and persons holding positions listed in paragraph 14.1.1 to 14.1.3 inclusive are acceptable to the Authority; and 3. The organisations exposition as required by paragraph 19 is acceptable to the Authority; and 4. The Authority is satisfied that the granting of the certificate is not contrary to the interests of aviation safety.
7.2
Unless specified in the particular Subpart, only one certificate shall be issued for the same service at the same location.
8
8.1
Privileges of Certificate
The service certificate shall specify the services that the certificate holder is authorised to provide.
20
9
9.1
Duration of Certificate
Each service certificate may be granted or renewed for a period of up to 5 years. A service certificate remains in force until it expires or is suspended or revoked. The holder of a service certificate that expires or is revoked shall forthwith surrender the certificate to the Director Aviation Security and Infrastructure. The holder of a service certificate that is suspended shall forthwith produce the certificate to the Director Aviation Security and Infrastructure for appropriate endorsement.
9.2
9.3
9.4
10
10.1
Renewal of Certificate
Each application for the renewal of an service certificate shall be made on the GCAA application form related to the service intended. The application shall be submitted to the Director Aviation Security and Infrastructure not less than 60 days before the certificate expires.
10.2
11
11.1
Transfer or Withdrawal of Certificate

The applicant for a service certificate intending to assume responsibility for providing a service under any Subpart of CAR Part VIII from an existing certificate holder, shall include with its application, full details of transitional arrangements endorsed by the Heads of both organisations. The holder of a service certificate who is the outgoing provider of a service shall not hinder the preparation and execution of the transitional arrangements required by paragraph 11.1. The holder of a service certificate who wishes to permanently withdraw or significantly reduce the hours of operation of the service shall give the Authority at least 90 days notice of the proposal and include in that notice a summary of factors considered in arriving at the decision to withdraw the service.
11.2
11.3
12
12.1
Changes to Certificate Holders Organisation

Each holder of a service certificate shall ensure that their exposition is amended so as to remain a current description of the holders organisation and services. The certificate holder shall ensure that any amendments made to the holders exposition meet the applicable requirements of the Subpart and comply with the amendment procedures contained in the holders exposition. The certificate holder shall provide the ANS Regulations section of the Department of Aviation Security and Infrastructure of the GCAA with a copy of each amendment to the holders exposition as soon as practicable after its incorporation into the exposition. Where the certificate holder proposes to make a change to any of the following, prior notification to and acceptance by the Director of Aviation Security and Infrastructure is required: 21
12.2
12.3
12.4
1. The persons listed in paragraphs 14.1.1 to 14.1.3 inclusive; or 2. The service provided by the certificate holder; or 3. The airspace in which a service e is being supplied; or 4. The format and standards for the aeronautical information published under the authority of their certificate. 12.5 The Director of Aviation Security and Infrastructure may prescribe conditions under which a certificate holder may operate during or following any of the changes specified in paragraph 12.4. A certificate holder shall comply with any conditions prescribed in paragraph 12.5. Where any of the changes referred to in paragraph 11 requires an amendment to the certificate, the certificate holder shall forward the certificate to the Director, Aviation Security and Infrastructure as soon as practicable. The certificate holder shall make such amendments to the holders exposition as the Director of Aviation Security and Infrastructure may consider necessary in the interests of aviation safety.
12.6
12.7
12.8
13
13.1
Operational Approval
Certificate holders shall obtain a no objection letter from the ANS Regulations section of the Department of Aviation Security and Infrastructure prior to undertaking: 1. Installation of new equipment, 2. Introduction of new procedures, 3. Changes to the hours of operation of the service provided, and 4. Changes to any aspect of the service provided which may impact on safety. 5. Details on how to apply and what information shall be provided will be contained in an ANS Operational Approvals CAAP.
Section B Certification Requirements 14

14.1
Personnel Requirements
Each applicant for the grant of a service certificate shall engage, employ or contract: 1. A person identified as required in the particular Subpart , who has the authority within the applicants organisation to ensure that each service listed in their exposition a. can be financed and is provided to meet operational requirements; and b. is provided in accordance with the requirements prescribed in this Rule subpart: and 2. A person or group of persons who are responsible for ensuring that the applicants organisation complies with the requirements of this Rule Subpart and the Subpart under which certification is sought. Such nominated person or persons shall be ultimately responsible to the Chief Executive: and 3. An accountable manager responsible for the provision of a safety management system according to the requirements of CAR Part X; 22
and 4. Sufficient personnel to operate, maintain and support the service listed in the applicants exposition. 14.3 The applicant shall 1. Establish a procedure to initially assess the competence of those personnel authorised by the applicant to operate, maintain and support service/s listed in their exposition; and 2. Establish a procedure to maintain the competence of those authorised personnel; and 3. Provide those authorised personnel with written evidence of the scope of their authorisation. 14.4 References to the masculine gender apply equally to the feminine.
15
15.1
Facility requirements
Each applicant for the grant of a service certificate shall establish offices and facilities that 1. Are appropriate for the service/s listed in their exposition; and 2. Meet the applicable requirements of the facility paragraphs of the appropriate Subpart.
16
16.1
Documentation
Each applicant for the grant of a service certificate shall 1. Document the standards for the service provided under the authority of their certificate; and 2. Ensure that the format and standards take into account the circumstances under which the information will be used; and 3. Hold copies of relevant reference materials, standards, practices and procedures, and any other documentation that is necessary for the service/s listed in their exposition. These documents shall include, but not be limited to those specifically listed in the documentation section of the appropriate Subpart.
16.2
The order of precedence of publications is as follows: 1. UAE Civil Aviation Law 2. UAE Civil Aviation Regulations 3. Other regulatory material published by the GCAA 4. ICAO Annexes 5. ICAO Documents.
16.3
ICAO Standards & Recommended Practices and Procedures for Air Navigation Services have the following regulatory status: 1. Standards: Mandatory unless specifically modified in the applicable parts of Supplements to the Annexes or in the Civil Aviation Regulations. 2. Recommended Practices: Mandatory unless the operator has obtained GCAA approval of an alternative provision, resulting in a level of safety equal to or greater than that achieved by application of the recommended practice. 23
3. PANS: Procedures for Air Navigation Services (PANS) shall be applied, with similar Mandatory status as for the SARPs, except where specifically deleted or modified in the Civil Aviation Regulations. 4. Definitions, tables, figures and appendices contained in ICAO Annexes are to be considered as Standards and therefore mandatory. 5. Attachments to ICAO Annexes are supplementary to SARPs or included as general guidance material. Where specific or general applications are considered necessary for additional safety levels, these are included in the Civil Aviation Regulations and carry Mandatory status. 16.4 Each applicant shall establish a procedure to control all the documentation required by paragraph 16.1.3, to ensure that 1. The documentation is reviewed and authorised by appropriate personnel before issue; and 2. Current issues of relevant documentation are available to staff at all locations where they need access to such documentation for the service/s listed in their exposition; and 3. All obsolete documentation is promptly removed from all points of issue or use; and 4. Changes to documentation are reviewed and approved by appropriate personnel; and 5. The current version of each item of documentation can be identified to preclude the use of out of date editions.
17
17.1
Records
Each applicant for the grant of a service certificate shall establish procedures to identify, collect, index, store, maintain and dispose of the records that are necessary for the service/s listed in their exposition. Records shall be retained for at least the periods required in the appropriate Subpart.
17.2
18
18.1
Internal Quality Assurance

Each applicant for the grant of a service certificate shall establish internal quality assurance procedures to ensure compliance with, and the adequacy of, the procedures required by the relevant Subpart. The quality system established in accordance with 18.1 shall conform to ISO 9000 standards and shall be certified by an approved organisation. The person who has responsibility for internal quality assurance shall have direct access to the Chief Executive on matters affecting the adequacy, accuracy, timeliness format and dissemination of the published aeronautical information. The quality system shall provide users with the necessary assurance and confidence that the service being provided by the certificate holder meets stated requirements for data quality, data traceability and service provision in accordance with the requirements of the particular subpart. The procedures required of the quality assurance system shall specify; 1. The level and frequency of internal audits; and 24
18.2
18.3
18.4
18.5
2. The person or persons responsible for carrying out the internal audits; and 3. How the findings of the internal audits are to be recorded and reported to the Chief Executive; and 4. How quality indicators such as error reports, incidents and complaints are incorporated into the internal quality assurance procedures; and 5. The means of rectifying any deficiencies found during an internal audit; and 6. The documentation requirements for all aspects of the audit. 18.6 Where required in a particular Subpart, validation and verification procedures shall be established to ensure that quality requirements and traceability of aeronautical data are met. Each applicant for the grant of a service certificate within which Subpart there are requirements for ensuring data integrity shall establish procedures to ensure that the integrity of aeronautical data is maintained throughout the data process from originator to the end user. The following classifications and data integrity levels shall apply 1. Critical data, integrity level 1x10 : and 2. Essential data, integrity level 1 x 10-5: and 3. Routine data, integrity level 1 x 10-3: Aeronautical data quality requirements related to classification and data integrity shall be as provided in Tables A7-1 to A7-5 of Appendix 7 to ICAO Annex 15. 18.8 Each applicant for the grant of a service certificate shall establish procedures to ensure that protection of electronic aeronautical data while stored or in transit, shall be totally monitored by the cyclical redundancy check (CRC). Each applicant for the grant of a service certificate shall establish procedures to record, investigate, correct, and report any errors that are detected in the service provided under the authority of their certificate. The procedures shall ensure that 1. The error is corrected by the most appropriate means relative to the operational significance of the error; and 2. The correction is clearly identified in the republished information; and 3. The source of the error is identified and, where possible, eliminated; and 4. Where the error is a reportable error as required in the particular Subpart, the ANS Regulations section of the Department of Aviation Safety and Standards, GCAA shall be notified of the error and the correction process followed
-8
18.7
18.9
19
19.1
Safety Management
Each applicant for the grant of an aeronautical information service certificate shall establish a safety management system in accordance with CAR Part X. The safety management system shall include: 25
19.2
1. Hazard identification; and 2. Risk management; and 3. Safety assurance; and 4. Safety performance monitoring, auditing and measurement; and 5. Change management; and 6. Management Reviews. 19.3 A service provider shall ensure that any significant change to the service, facility or facilities used in providing the service, shall be subject to a safety assessment, indicating that an acceptable level of safety shall be met, prior to implementation. User consultation shall form part of the safety assessment. The safety assessment shall be presented to, and accepted by, the ANS Regulation section of the Aviation Security and Infrastructure Department of the GCAA prior to implementation of the change
20
20.1
Organisational Exposition
Each applicant for the grant of an aeronautical information service certificate shall provide the Air Navigation Service Regulations section of the Department of with an exposition containing 1. A statement signed by the Head of the service on behalf of the applicants organisation confirming that a. the exposition and any included manuals define the organisation and demonstrate its means and methods for ensuring ongoing compliance with this Subpart; and b. the exposition and any included manuals will be complied with at all times; and c. the organisation has sufficient financial strength and liability protection to provide the service/s listed in the exposition and to cover any claims that may be made relating to the services provided; and
2. The titles and names of the person or persons required by paragraph 14.1.1 to 14.1.3 inclusive; and 3. The duties and responsibilities of the persons specified in paragraph 20.1.2 including matters for which they have responsibility to deal directly with the GCAA on behalf of the organisation; and 4. An organisational chart showing lines of responsibility of the persons specified in paragraph 20.1.2; and 5. A list of the service/s to be covered by the certificate and the locations at which the service/s will be provided; and 6. A summary of the applicants staffing structure for each service listed under paragraph 20.1.5; and 7. Details of the applicants procedures required by the relevant paragraphs within each Subpart regarding a. the competence of personnel; and b. the control of documentation; and c. the collection of information; and
d. the publication of aeronautical information; and e. the identification, 26 collection, indexing, storage,
maintenance, and disposal of records; and f. internal quality assurance; and
g. safety management; and 8. Procedures to control, amend and distribute the exposition. 20.2 The applicants exposition shall be acceptable to the Director of Aviation Security and Infrastructure.
Section C Operating Requirements 21

21.1
Continued Compliance
Each holder of a service certificate shall 1. Comply with the continued compliance aspects of the relevant Subpart; and 2. Continue to meet the standards and comply with the requirements prescribed for certification of this Subpart; and 3. Notify the Air Navigation Services Regulations section of the Department of Aviation Security and Infrastructure of the GCAA of any change of address for service, telephone number or facsimile number required by the GCAA application form related to the service intended, within 28 days of the change.
22
22.1
Safety Inspections and Audits

The Director Aviation Security and Infrastructure may, in writing, require the holder of a service certificate to undergo or carry out such inspections and audits of the holders service offices, facilities, documents and records as the Director consider necessary in the interests of civil aviation safety and security in accordance with Article 7.10 of the GCAA Law. The Director Aviation Security and Infrastructure may require from the holder of a service certificate such information as the Director considers relevant to the inspection or audit. GCAA Inspectors shall be granted unrestricted access to airport facilities under all conditions. GCAA Inspectors shall be permitted to carry laptop computers, digital cameras and audio recording devices under all conditions for safety inspections, audits and investigations.
22.2
22.3
27
CAR Part VIII Subpart 2, AIS
CAR PART VIII Subpart 2 AERONAUTICAL INFORMATION SERVICE ORGANISATIONS
CAR Part VIII Subpart 2 AIS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. 2.
APPLICABILITY ..................................................................................................................... 5 DEFINITIONS AND ACRONYMS .......................................................................................... 5
3.REQUIREMENT FOR CERTIFICATE ................................................................................... 5

4. 5. 6. 7. 8. APPLICATION FOR CERTIFICATE ...................................................................................... 5 ISSUE OF CERTIFICATE ...................................................................................................... 6 PRIVILEGES OF CERTIFICATE ........................................................................................... 6 DURATION OF CERTIFICATE .............................................................................................. 6 RENEWAL OF CERTIFICATE ............................................................................................... 6
SECTION B CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS ..................................................................... 7 9. PERSONNEL REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................ 7
10. FACILITY REQUIREMENTS .................................................................................................. 7 11. DOCUMENTATION ................................................................................................................ 7 12. COLLECTION OF INFORMATION ........................................................................................ 8 13. PUBLICATION OF AERONAUTICAL INFORMATION .......................................................... 9 14. RECORDS ............................................................................................................................ 10 15. INTERNAL QUALITY ASSURANCE .................................................................................... 11 16. SAFETY MANAGEMENT ..................................................................................................... 13 17. ORGANISATIONAL EXPOSITION ...................................................................................... 13 SECTION C OPERATING REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................... 15 18. CONTINUED COMPLIANCE ............................................................................................... 15 19. CHANGES TO CERTIFICATE HOLDERS ORGANISATION ............................................. 15 20. SAFETY INSPECTIONS AND AUDITS ............................................................................... 16
SECTION D UAE AERONAUTICAL INFORMATION PUBLICATION SERVICE ................... 16 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. AIP GENERAL .................................................................................................................... 16 CONTENTS OF THE UAE AIP ........................................................................................... 17 SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE UAE AIP .............................................................................. 17 SPECIFICATIONS FOR AIP AMENDMENTS .................................................................... 18 SPECIFICATIONS FOR AIP SUPPLEMENTS .................................................................. 19 SPECIFICATIONS FOR AN AIC ......................................................................................... 19 SPECIFICATIONS FOR AERONAUTICAL CHARTS ......................................................... 20
SECTION E NOTAM SERVICE ................................................................................................ 24 28. 29. 30. NOTAM SERVICE GENERAL ............................................................................................. 24 SPECIFICATIONS FOR NOTAM ........................................................................................ 24 DISTRIBUTION OF NOTAM ............................................................................................... 28
SECTION F - PRE FLIGHT INFORMATION SERVICE ............................................................ 28 31. 32. PRE- FLIGHT INFORMATION SERVICE GENERAL ......................................................... 28 AUTOMATED PRE- FLIGHT INFORMATION SYSTEMS .................................................. 29

Initial Issue November 2009 Amendment # INTRODUCTION OF CIVIL AVIATION REGULATIONS PART VIII, SUBPART 2 AERONAUTICAL INFORMATION SERVICE ORGANISATIONS CERTIFICATION, BASED UPON ICAO ANNEX 4 AMENDMENT 54 AND ANNEX 15 AMENDMENT 35. Amendment Date
Summary of Amendment
1
1.1
Applicability
CAR Part VIII, Subpart 2 contains the Rules governing 1. The certification and operation of organisations providing an Aeronautical Information Service (AIS) for the UAE on behalf of the GCAA; and 2. The requirements for the UAE Aeronautical Information Publication (AIP), 3. The Aeronautical Information Circulars (AIC) and NOTAM.
2
2.1
Definitions and acronyms

Definitions and acronyms are contained in Subpart 1 to CAR Part VIII.
3
3.1
Requirement for Certificate

No person shall provide an aeronautical information service for the UAE FIR except under the authority of, and in accordance with the provisions of, an aeronautical information certificate issued under this Part. For the purposes of this Subpart, an aeronautical information service shall consist of one or more of the following services 1. An AIP service comprising the provision of; a. the UAE AIP; and b. the AIP amendment service; and c. the AIP Supplement service; and
3.2
d. the AIC service; 2. A pre- flight briefing service; 3. A NOTAM service; 4. An integrated aeronautical information package shall include those services listed in paragraphs 3.2.1 to 3.2.3 inclusive, with the addition of a checklist of valid NOTAM.
4
4.1

Each applicant for the grant of an aeronautical information service certificate shall complete GCAA form AIS 01 and submit it to the Director of Aviation Security and Infrastructure, GCAA. All elements of the form shall be completed. In the interests of aviation safety, only one certificate for the provision of an aeronautical information service relating to the provision of an AIP service, an AIC service and a NOTAM service shall be current at any time. There may be more than one Pre-Flight Briefing Service certificate valid at any time.
4.2
The submission shall include the exposition required by paragraph 17 and payment of the appropriate application fee specified by the GCAA Board under Article 10.7 of the GCAA Law.
5
5.1
Each applicant is entitled to an aeronautical information service certificate if; 1. The applicant meets the requirements of section B of the Rule; and 2. The applicant and persons holding positions listed in paragraph 9.1.1 to 9.1.3 inclusive are acceptable to the Authority; and 3. The organisations exposition as required by paragraph 17 is acceptable to the Authority; and 4. The Authority is satisfied that the granting of the certificate is not contrary to the interests of aviation safety.
6
6.1
The aeronautical information service certificate shall specify the aeronautical information services that the certificate holder is authorised to provide.
7
7.1
Duration of Certificate
Each aeronautical information service certificate may be granted or renewed for a period of up to 5 years. An aeronautical information service certificate remains in force until it expires or is suspended or revoked. The holder of an aeronautical information service certificate that expires or is revoked shall forthwith surrender the certificate to the Director Aviation Security and Infrastructure. The holder of an aeronautical information service certificate that is suspended shall forthwith produce the certificate to the Director Aviation Security and Infrastructure for appropriate endorsement.
7.2
7.3
7.4
8
8.1
Each application for the renewal of an aeronautical information service certificate shall be made on GCAA form AIS 01 The application shall be submitted to the Director Aviation Security and Infrastructure not less than 60 days before the certificate expires.
8.2

9.1
Each applicant for the grant of an aeronautical information service certificate shall engage, employ or contract: 1. A person identified as the Chief Executive, who has the authority within the applicants organisation to ensure that each aeronautical information service listed in their exposition a. can be financed and is provided to meet operational requirements; and b. is provided in accordance with the requirements prescribed in this Rule subpart: and 2. A person or group of persons who are responsible for ensuring that the applicants organisation complies with the requirements of this Rule subpart. Such nominated person or persons shall be ultimately responsible to the Chief Executive: and 3. An accountable manager responsible for the provision of a safety management system according to the requirements of CAR Part X; and 4. Sufficient personnel to collect, collate, check, coordinate, edit, and publish aeronautical information for the aeronautical information service listed in the applicants exposition.
9.2
The applicant shall 1. Establish a procedure to initially assess the competence of those personnel authorised by the applicant to check, edit and publish aeronautical information for the aeronautical information service/s listed in their exposition; and 2. Establish a procedure to maintain the competence of those authorised personnel; and 3. Provide those authorised personnel with written evidence of the scope of their authorisation.
10
10.1
Each applicant for the grant of an aeronautical information service certificate shall establish offices and facilities that 1. Are appropriate for the aeronautical information service/s listed in their exposition; and 2. Meet the applicable requirements of paragraphs 21.2 and 28.1.
11
11.1
Documentation
Each applicant for the grant of an aeronautical information service certificate shall 1. Document the format and standards for the aeronautical information published under the authority of their certificate; and 2. Ensure that the format and standards take into account the circumstances under which the information will be used; and 3. Hold copies of relevant reference materials, standards, practices and procedures, and any other documentation that is necessary 7
for the aeronautical information service listed in their exposition. These documents shall include, but not be limited to: a. Annex 4, b. Annex 15, c. ICAO Doc 7383,
d. ICAO Doc 7910, e. ICAO Doc 8126, f. ICAO Doc 8400,
g. ICAO Doc 8697, h. ICAO Doc 9377, i. j. k. l. 11.2 ICAO Doc 9683, ICAO Doc 9708 ICAO Doc 9855, ICAO Doc 9859.
Each applicant shall establish a procedure to control all the documentation required by paragraph 11.1.3, to ensure that 1. The documentation is reviewed and authorised by appropriate personnel before issue; and 2. Current issues of relevant documentation are available to staff at all locations where they need access to such documentation for the aeronautical information service listed in their exposition; and 3. All obsolete documentation is promptly removed from all points of issue or use; and 4. Changes to documentation are reviewed and approved by appropriate personnel; and 5. The current version of each item of documentation can be identified to preclude the use of out of date editions.
12
12.1
Collection of Information
Each applicant for the grant of an aeronautical information service certificate shall establish procedures to collect and collate the information required for the aeronautical information service listed in their exposition. The procedures shall ensure that 1. Applicable information is obtained from organisations that provide services in support of the UAE air navigation system; and 2. Applicable information is obtained from the aeronautical information services of other States relevant to the requirements of international aircraft operators operating on air route stages originating from the UAE; and 3. Arrangements for the timely provision of information are made with the information originators prescribed in paragraphs 12.2.1 and 12.2.2; and 4. Information received from the information originators prescribed in paragraph 12.2.1 is certificated as accurate by a person 8
12.2
identified by the originator to be responsible for the accuracy of that information. 12.3 The procedures for the NOTAM service shall, in addition to paragraph 12.2, ensure that any originators request for the issue of a NOTAM does not require the NOTAM to be effective for more than 3 months.
13
13.1
Publication of Aeronautical Information

Each applicant for the grant of an aeronautical information service certificate shall establish procedures to check, co-ordinate, edit, publish and disseminate aeronautical information for the services listed in the applicants exposition. The applicant shall ensure that the procedures established under paragraph 13.1 require 1. The information received under paragraph 12 to be checked against available information to verify its accuracy prior to publication; and 2. The information received under paragraph 12 to be edited, accurately published and disseminated a. in the format applicable to the operational significance of the information; and b. if applicable, in accordance with sections D, E, or F; and c. in a format that takes into account the circumstances under which the information is to be used; and
13.2
3. Except for paragraph 13.2.4, permanent publications and long term temporary publications be clearly identified as being published under the authority of the applicants aeronautical information service certificate; and 4. If aeronautical information obtained from the aeronautical information services of other States under paragraph 13.2.2 is disseminated, that information is clearly identified as having the authority of the originating State; and 5. If information that has not been certified, as required under paragraph 12.2.4, is disseminated that information is clearly identified as being unverified; and 6. Any permanent change to published information is to be coordinated with other applicable information originators before the change is published; and 7. Temporary information that is published without a defined expiry date be reviewed at an appropriate time to ensure that the originator takes the required action to cancel or reissue the information; and 8. The aeronautical information to be published in plain text to be in the English language; and 9. Place names to be spelt according to local usage, transliterated when necessary into the Latin alphabet; and 10. Units of measurement to be consistent with those prescribed in CAR Part VIII, Subpart 1; and 11. Abbreviations, consistent with those prescribed in paragraph 2, to be used in the published aeronautical information if 12. Their use is appropriate; and
13. Their use facilitates the dissemination of the information; and 14. Any of the aeronautical information published to be promptly made available to the aeronautical information services of other States, upon request by those States; and 15. The aeronautical information to be made available in a form that is suitable for the operational requirements of 16. Flight operations personnel, including flight crew members and the service responsible for pre-flight briefing; and 17. The air traffic service units responsible for flight information services. 13.3 The applicant for an AIP service shall ensure that the procedures for the AIP service, in addition to paragraph 13.2, require 1. Aeronautical charts, and operationally significant information published in AIP Amendments and AIP Supplements, to be published in accordance with the AIRAC procedures; and 2. The information published under the AIRAC procedures to be clearly identified with the acronym AIRAC; and 3. The information published under the AIRAC procedures to be distributed so that recipients receive the information at least 28 days before its effective date; and 4. The information published under the AIRAC procedures to not change for at least 28 days after the effective date, unless the circumstance notified is of a temporary nature and would not persist for the full AIRAC period; and 5. If an AIP Supplement is published to replace a NOTAM, the supplement to include a reference to the serial number of the NOTAM; and 6. If and AIP Amendment or AIP Supplement is published under the AIRAC procedures, a NOTAM to be originated giving a brief description of the operationally significant contents, the effective date and the reference number of each amendment or supplement. The NOTAM shall a. come into force on the same effective date as the amendment or supplement; and b. remain in force for a period of 14 days; and 7. If there is no applicable information to be published by the AIRAC date, a NIL notification to be issued; and 8. A NOTAM to be originated if information to be published as an AIP Amendment or an AIP Supplement takes effect prior to the effective date of the amendment or supplement.
14
14.1
Records
Each applicant for the grant of an aeronautical information service certificate shall establish procedures to identify, collect, index, store, maintain and dispose of the records that are necessary for the aeronautical information service listed in their exposition. Procedures shall ensure that 1. There are records enabling all incoming and outgoing aeronautical information to be readily identified and that supplementary information can be similarly identified, verified 10
14.2
and where necessary, authenticated; and 2. There is a record of each person who is authorised by the applicant to check, edit and publish aeronautical information; and 3. There is a record of each occurrence of error correction under the procedures required by paragraph 15.14 ; and 4. There is a record of each internal quality assurance review of the applicants organisation carried out under the procedures required by paragraph 15.13.4 and 5. There is a record of all audits and reviews required under the safety management procedures required by paragraph 16.2; and 6. All records are legible and of a permanent nature; and 7. All records are retained for at least 5 years except NOTAM, AIP Supplements and Aeronautical Information Circulars, which need only to be retained for 31 days after cancellation.
15
15.1
Internal Quality Assurance

Each applicant for the grant of an aeronautical information service certificate shall establish internal quality assurance procedures to ensure compliance with, and the adequacy of, the procedures required by this Subpart. The quality system established in accordance with 15.1 shall conform to ISO 9000 standards and shall be certified by an approved organisation. The person who has responsibility for internal quality assurance shall have direct access to the Chief Executive on matters affecting the adequacy, accuracy, timeliness format and dissemination of the published aeronautical information. When the quality assurance procedures indicate that aeronautical information to be supplied does not comply with the accuracy and integrity requirements of paragraphs 15.9 to 15.11 inclusive, such information shall not be supplied to the users. Each applicant for the grant of an aeronautical information service certificate shall establish procedures to ensure that aeronautical data is traceable to its origin to allow any data anomalies or errors detected during the production and maintenance phases of the AIS, or in operational use The quality system shall 1. Provide users with the necessary assurance and confidence that distributed aeronautical information or data satisfy stated requirements for data quality (accuracy, resolution and integrity) and for data traceability through the use of appropriate measures at every stage of the data production or modification processes; and 2. Provide assurance of the applicability period of intended use of aeronautical data as well as that the agreed distribution dates shall be met.
15.2
15.3
15.4
15.5
15.6
15.7
Material to be issued as part of the Integrated Aeronautical Information Package shall be thoroughly checked and coordinated with the originator to ensure that all necessary information has been included
11
and that it is correct prior to distribution. 15.8 Validation and verification procedures shall be established to ensure that the quality requirements and traceability of aeronautical data are met. Each applicant for the grant of an aeronautical information service certificate shall establish procedures to ensure that the order of accuracy of aeronautical data, based on a 95% confidence level, shall be as specified in ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 2 and Annex 14, Volumes I and II, chapter 2. Each applicant for the grant of an aeronautical information service certificate shall establish procedures to ensure that the order of publication resolution shall be that specified in Appendices 1 and 7 to Annex 15. Each applicant for the grant of an aeronautical information service certificate shall establish procedures to ensure that the integrity of aeronautical data is maintained throughout the data process from originator to the end user. The aeronautical data integrity requirements shall be based on the potential risk resulting from the corruption of data and upon the use to which the data item is put. 1. Consequently the following classifications and data integrity levels shall apply 2. Critical data, integrity level 1x10 -8: there is a high probability when using corrupted critical data that the continued safe flight and landing of an aircraft would be severely at risk with the potential for catastrophe; 3. Essential data, integrity level 1 x 10-5: there is a low probability when using corrupted essential data that the continued safe flight and landing of an aircraft would be severely at risk with the potential for catastrophe; and 4. Routine data, integrity level 1 x 10-3: there is a very low probability when using corrupted routine data that the continued safe flight and landing of an aircraft would be severely at risk with the potential for catastrophe. Aeronautical data quality requirements related to classification and data integrity shall be as provided in Tables A7-1 to A7-5 of Appendix 7 to ICAO Annex 15. 15.12 Each applicant for the grant of an aeronautical information service certificate shall establish procedures to ensure that protection of electronic aeronautical data while stored or in transit, shall be totally monitored by the cyclical redundancy check (CRC). To achieve protection of the integrity level of critical and essential aeronautical data as classified in paragraph 15.11, a 32- or 24-bit CRC algorithm shall apply respectively. To achieve protection of the integrity level of routine aeronautical data as classified in paragraph 15.11, a 16-bit CRC algorithm shall apply. 15.13 The procedures shall specify 1. That the level of quality that the applicant intends to achieve meets the requirements of paragraphs 15.9 to 15.11 inclusive; and 2. The level and frequency of internal audits; and 12
15.9
15.10
15.11
3. The person or persons responsible for carrying out the internal audits; and 4. How the findings of the internal audits are to be recorded and reported to the Chief Executive; and 5. How quality indicators such as error reports, incidents and complaints are incorporated into the internal quality assurance procedures; and 6. The means of rectifying any deficiencies found during an internal audit; and 7. The documentation requirements for all aspects of the audit. 15.14 Each applicant for the grant of an aeronautical information service certificate shall establish procedures to record, investigate, correct, and report any errors that are detected in the aeronautical information published under the authority of their certificate. The procedures shall ensure that 1. The error is corrected by the most appropriate means relative to the operational significance of the error; and 2. The correction is clearly identified in the republished information; and 3. The source of the error is identified and, where possible, eliminated; and 4. The Air Navigation Service Regulations section of the Department of Aviation Safety and Standards, GCAA is notified of the publication error.
16
16.1
Safety Management
Each applicant for the grant of an aeronautical information service certificate shall establish a safety management system in accordance with CAR Part X. The safety management system shall include: 1. Hazard identification; and 2. Risk management; and 3. Safety assurance; and 4. Safety performance monitoring, auditing and measurement; and 5. Change management; and 6. Management Reviews.
16.2
17
17.1
Organisational Exposition
Each applicant for the grant of an aeronautical information service certificate shall provide the Air Navigation Service Regulations section of the Department of with an exposition containing 1. A statement signed by the Chief Executive on behalf of the applicants organisation confirming that a. the exposition and any included manuals define the organisation and demonstrate its means and methods for ensuring ongoing compliance with this Subpart; and b. the exposition and any included manuals will be
13
complied with at all times; and 2. The titles and names of the person or persons required by paragraph 9.1.1 to 9.1.3 inclusive; and 3. The duties and responsibilities of the persons specified in paragraph 17.1.2 including matters for which they have responsibility to deal directly with the GCAA on behalf of the organisation; and 4. An organisational chart showing lines of responsibility of the persons specified in paragraph 17.1.2; and 5. A summary of the applicants staffing structure for each aeronautical information service listed under paragraph 17.1.6; and 6. A list of the aeronautical information service to be covered by the certificate; and 7. For a pre-flight information service, details of the area, aerodromes and air route stages required by paragraph 31.1; and 8. The location and address details of the applicable offices required by paragraphs 21.2.1 and 28.1.1; and 9. Details of the applicants format and standards required by paragraph 11.1 for their published aeronautical information; and 10. Details of the applicants procedures required by a. paragraph 9 regarding the competence of personnel; and b. paragraph 11 regarding the control of documentation; and c. paragraph 12 regarding the collection of information; and
d. paragraph 13 regarding the publication of aeronautical information; and e. paragraph 14 regarding the identification, collection, indexing, storage, maintenance, and disposal of records; and f. paragraph 15 regarding internal quality assurance; and
g. paragraph 16 regarding safety management; and 11. The specific requirements of whichever elements of the AIS provision the applicant is seeking certification for; and 12. Procedures to control, amend and distribute the exposition. 17.2 The applicants exposition shall be acceptable to the Director of Aviation Security and Infrastructure.
14

18.1
Each holder of an aeronautical information service certificate shall 1. Hold at least one complete and current copy of their exposition at each office listed in their exposition; and 2. Comply with all procedures and standards detailed in their exposition; and 3. Make each applicable part of their exposition available to personnel who require those parts to carry out their duties; and 4. Continue to meet the standards and comply with the requirements of Section B prescribed for certification of this Subpart; and 5. Notify the Air Navigation Services Regulations section of the Department of Aviation Security and Infrastructure of the GCAA of any change of address for service, telephone number or facsimile number required by GCAA form AIS 01, within 28 days of the change.
19
19.1
Changes to Certificate Holders Organisation

Each holder of an aeronautical information service certificate shall ensure that their exposition is amended so as to remain a current description of the holders organisation and services. The certificate holder shall ensure that any amendments made to the holders exposition meet the applicable requirements of this Subpart and comply with the amendment procedures contained in the holders exposition. The certificate holder shall provide the ANS Regulations section of the Department of Aviation Security and Infrastructure of the GCAA with a copy of each amendment to the holders exposition as soon as practicable after its incorporation into the exposition. Where the certificate holder proposes to make a change to any of the following, prior notification to and acceptance by the Director of Aviation Security and Infrastructure is required: 1. The persons listed in paragraphs 9.1.1 to 9.1.3 inclusive; or 2. The aeronautical information service provided by the certificate holder; or 3. The format and standards for the aeronautical information published under the authority of their certificate.
19.2
19.3
19.4
19.5
The Director of Aviation Security and Infrastructure may prescribe conditions under which a certificate holder may operate during or following any of the changes specified in paragraph 19.4. A certificate holder shall comply with any conditions prescribed in paragraph 19.5. Where any of the changes referred to in paragraph 19 requires an amendment to the certificate, the certificate holder shall forward the 15
19.6
19.7
certificate to the Director, Aviation Security and Infrastructure as soon as practicable. 19.8 The certificate holder shall make such amendments to the holders exposition as the Director of Aviation Security and Infrastructure may consider necessary in the interests of aviation safety.
20
20.1

The Director Aviation Security and Infrastructure may, in writing, require the holder of an aeronautical information service certificate to undergo or carry out such inspections and audits of the holders aeronautical information service offices, facilities, documents and records as the Director consider necessary in the interests of civil aviation safety in accordance with Article 7.10 of the GCAA Law. The Director Aviation Security and Infrastructure may require from the holder of an aeronautical information service certificate such information as the Director considers relevant to the inspection or audit.
20.2
Section D UAE Aeronautical information Publication Service 21

21.1
AIP General
The holder of an aeronautical information service certificate for the AIP service shall produce 1. The UAE AIP in accordance with the requirements of Subpart 2, Section D; and 2. AIP Amendments in accordance with paragraph 24; and 3. AIP Supplements in accordance with paragraph 25; and 4. Aeronautical charts in accordance with paragraph 27. The AIP may be produced either in an electronic or paper form.
21.2
The holder of an aeronautical information service certificate for the AIP service shall, in addition to paragraph 21.1 1. Designate an office as the UAEs point of contact with the aeronautical information service of other States for the interchange of the Integrated Aeronautical Information Package, except for NOTAM; and 2. Make the UAE AIP, AIP Amendments, AIP Supplements and AIC available to any person, upon payment of a charge that may apply to the supply of the publications; and 3. Establish a system to disseminate the UAE AIP, AIP Amendments, AIP Supplements, Aeronautical charts and AIC in accordance with AIRAC procedures; and 4. Ensure that every aeronautical chart published as part of the AIP conforms to the applicable standards for the charts; and 5. Coordinate the input of all aeronautical information from the originators prescribed in paragraph 12.2.1, except that information of immediate operational significance which will be promulgated by NOTAM; and 6. Ensure that the AIP, AIP Amendments and the AIP
16
Supplements are distributed by the most expeditious means; and 7. Establish and operate an automated AIP production system.
22
22.1
Contents of the UAE AIP

The UAE AIP shall contain current information, data and aeronautical charts relating to 1. The regulatory and airspace requirements for air navigation in the UAE FIR; and 2. The UAE services and facilities that support international air navigation to and from the UAE; and 3. The services and facilities that support air navigation within the UAE FIR; and 4. Aerodromes operating under an aerodrome licence issued in accordance with CAR Part IX.
22.2
The UAE AIP may contain information, data and aeronautical charts relating to aerodromes not operating under an aerodrome licence issued in accordance with CAR Part IX, provided that 1. The aerodrome operator provides the holder of the aeronautical information service certificate for the AIP service with the required data and information for the aerodrome; and 2. The aerodrome operator accepts responsibility for the accuracy and currency of that information; and 3. The AIP entry states that the information is unverified in accordance with paragraph 13.2.5.
22.3
The UAE AIP shall be produced in three parts, sections and subsections containing current information relating to and arranged under the subjects enumerated in Appendix 1 to Annex 15. The AIP shall include in the GEN section 1. A statement to advise which organisations are responsible for the air navigation facilities, services and procedures covered by the UAE AIP; and 2. The general conditions under which those services and facilities are available for use; and 3. A list of differences with the ICAO Standards, Recommended Practices and Procedures the GCAA has filed under Article 38 of the Convention; and 4. A summary of any significant standards, practices and procedures followed by the UAE, where ICAO Standards, Recommended Practices and Procedures allow an alternative course of action.
23
23.1
Specifications for the UAE AIP

Each publication that forms part of the UAE AIP shall 1. Specify the purpose of the publication, the geographic area covered by that publication and that the publication is part of the UAE AIP; and 2. Be self contained, include a table of contents with page numbers; and 17
3. Specify that it is published a. by the holder of the aeronautical information service for the AIP service; and b. under the authority of the holders certificate issued by the GCAA; and 4. Not duplicate information unnecessarily and, if duplication is necessary, there shall be no difference in the duplicated information in respect of the same facility, service or procedure; and 5. Be published in loose leaf form where possible, unless the complete document is reissued at frequent intervals. 6. Be dated, or if the publication is in loose leaf form, each page shall be dated. The date shall consist of the day, month by name, and the year when the aeronautical information becomes effective; and 7. Be updated by means of AIP Amendments or by reissue at regular intervals; and 8. Show clearly the degree of reliability of and unverified information. 23.2 A publication in loose-leaf form shall additionally 1. Specify on each page, which publication the page belongs to and that the page is part of the UAE AIP; and 2. Specify on each page the AIRAC number of the cycle in which the page became effective; and 3. Contain a checklist that a. gives the effective date and page number or chart title of each page or chart in the publication ; and b. is issued with each AIP Amendment; and 4. Specifies to which publication it belongs; and 5. Be printed with a page number and the date as prescribed in paragraph 23.1.6
24
24.1
Specifications for AIP Amendments

Permanent changes to the UAE AIP shall be published as AIP Amendments. Each AIP Amendment shall 1. Be allocated a serial number which shall be consecutive and based on the AIRAC cycle. 2. Show the issue date on the cover page; and 3. Shall include references to the serial numbers of those elements, if any, of the Integrated AIP, which have been incorporated into the amendment; and 4. Clearly identify by a distinctive symbol or annotation, all changes to published information, and all new information on a reprinted page; and 5. Include on the amendment cover page a brief indication of the subjects affected by the amendment.
24.2
18
24.3
Operationally significant changes to the AIP shall be published in accordance with AIRAC procedures and shall be identified by the acronym AIRAC. The AIP shall be amended or reissued at such regular intervals as may be necessary to keep them up to date. Recourse to hand amendments or annotations shall be kept to the minimum. The normal method of amendment shall be by replacement pages. The interval to be used shall be specified in the AIP, Part 1 General (GEN)
24.4
24.5
When no AIP Amendment shall be issued at the established interval, a NIL notification shall be issued by NOTAM and included in the monthly list of valid NOTAM as required by Section E, paragraph 29.7
25
25.1
Specifications for AIP Supplements

Temporary changes of 3 months duration or more, and information of short duration containing extensive text or graphics shall be issued as an AIP Supplement. Each AIP Supplement shall be allocated a serial number which shall be consecutive and based on the calendar year. An AIP Supplement shall be retained in the AIP while any of the content remains valid. An AIP Supplement issued as a replacement for a NOTAM shall contain reference to the serial number of the NOTAM concerned. A checklist of valid AIP Supplements shall be issued at intervals of not more than 1 month and shall be issued through the monthly list of valid NOTAM as required by Section E paragraph 29.7. AIP Supplement pages shall be coloured yellow and shall be kept in the front of the AIP.
25.2
25.3
25.4
25.5
25.6
26
26.1
Specifications for an AIC

An AIC shall be originated whenever it is necessary to promulgate aeronautical information which does not qualify for inclusion in the AIP or under the specifications required for the issue of a NOTAM. An AIC shall be issued when it is desirable to publish 1. A long term notification of any major changes to legislation, regulations, procedures or facilities; or 2. Information of a purely explanatory or advisory nature liable to affect flight safety; or 3. Information of a purely explanatory or advisory nature on technical, administrative or legislative matters.
26.2
26.3
Each AIC shall 1. Be issued in printed form; and 2. Allocated a serial number which shall be consecutive and based 19
on the calendar year; and 3. Distributed to subscribers to the AIP service. 26.4 A checklist of current AICs shall be issued at least annually, as an AIC.
27
27.1
Specifications for Aeronautical Charts

Aeronautical charts shall be provided as part of the AIP covering all aspects of an aircraft operation from the point when the aircraft taxies from the stand for departure until it taxies to the stand after landing at its destination. Charts provided shall be as per Appendix 1 to Annex 4.
27.2
Each chart shall provide information relevant to the function of the chart and its design shall observe Human Factors principles which facilitate its optimum use. Note: Guidance on Human Factors principles can be found in ICAO Doc 9683, Human Factors Training Manual.
27.3
Each type of chart shall provide information appropriate to the phase of flight, to ensure the safe and expeditious operation of the aircraft. Presentation of information shall 1. Be accurate, unambiguous, readable in all normal operating conditions and free from distortion and clutter; and 2. Be in a form which enables the pilot to acquire it in a reasonable time consistent with workload and operating conditions; and 3. Permit a smooth transition from chart to chart as appropriate to the phase of flight.
27.4
Colour, tints and font size used shall be such that the chart can be easily read and interpreted in varying conditions of natural and artificial light. Colours used on charts shall conform to Appendix 3 to Annex 4.
27.5
Aeronautical Charts shall be orientated to True North except where permitted otherwise in the relevant chapters 3 to 21 inclusive of ICAO Annex 4. The title of an aeronautical chart prepared in accordance with the specifications contained in paragraph 27, and intended to satisfy the function of the chart, shall be that of the relevant chapters 3 to 21 inclusive of ICAO Annex 4, modified by any different standard initiated by the holder of the aeronautical information service certificate for the AIP service and approved by the Director of Aviation Security and Infrastructure of the GCAA. The use of the word ICAO shall not be used in the title where the Annex 4 standards have been modified.
27.6
27.7
The marginal note layout for each chart shall be as given in Appendix 1 to ICAO Annex 4, except where otherwise specified in chapters 3 to 21, of Annex 4 for the relevant chart. The following information shall be shown on the face of each chart, except where otherwise stated in chapters 3 to 21, of Annex 4 for the relevant chart 1. Designation or title of the chart/ series; and 20
27.8
2. The name and reference of the sheet; and 3. Where applicable, on each margin, an indication of the adjoining sheet. 27.9 The name and address of the producing agency shall be shown in the margin of the chart unless the chart is published as part of an aeronautical document, in which case, the information shall be placed in the front of the document. A legend to the symbols and abbreviations used shall be provided. The legend shall be either 1. On the face or reverse of the each chart; or 2. Where space precludes the requirement of 27.10.1, a separate legend page/s may be published. 27.11 Symbols used shall conform to those shown in Appendix 2 to ICAO Annex 4 except, where it is desired to show special features or items of importance to aviation for which no ICAO symbol is provided, an appropriate symbol may be chosen provided that it does not cause confusion with an ICAO symbol or impair the legibility of the chart. The size and prominence of symbols and the thickness and spacing of lines may be varied according to the scale and functions of the chart, with due regard to the importance of the information they convey. Units of measurement shall be as follows 1. Distances shall be; a. Geodesic distance b. In either kilometres or nautical miles, or both provided the units are clearly differentiated, 2. Altitudes, elevations and heights shall be expressed as either metres or feet, or both provided the units are clearly differentiated, 3. Linear dimensions on aerodromes and short distances shall be expressed in metres, 4. The order of resolution of distances, dimensions, elevations and heights shall be that specified for a particular chart, 5. The units of measurement used to express distances, altitudes, elevations and heights shall be conspicuously stated on each chart, 6. Conversion scales (km/nm, m/ft) shall be provided on each chart on which distances, elevations or elevations are shown. The conversion scales shall be placed on the face of each chart. 27.14 For charts of large areas, the name, basic parameters and scale of the projection used shall be indicated. On charts of smaller areas, a linear scale only shall be indicated. 27.15 The date of validity of aeronautical information shall be clearly shown on the face of each chart. The symbols of the Roman alphabet shall be used for all writing. Where a geographical term such as cape,, point, gulf is abbreviated on any particular chart, that word shall be spelt out in full in respect to
27.10
27.12
27.13
27.16
21
the most important example of each type. Punctuation marks shall not be used in abbreviations within the body of a chart. In areas where Romanised names have not been officially produced or adopted, and outside the territory of the UAE, names should be transliterated form the non-Roman alphabet form by the system generally used by the producing agency. 27.17 Abbreviations shall be used on aeronautical charts whenever they are appropriate. Where applicable, abbreviations shall be selected from the abbreviations and codes contained in ICAO Doc 8400. 27.18 International boundaries shall be shown, but may be interrupted if data more important to the use of the chart would be obscured. Where the name of more than one State appears on a chart, the names of the countries shall be indicated. 27.19 Relief, where shown, shall be portrayed in a manner that will satisfy the chart users need for 1. Orientation and identification; 2. Safe terrain clearance; 3. Clarity of aeronautical information when shown; 4. Planning. Relief shall be portrayed by a combination of contours, hypsometric tints, spot elevations and hill shading, the choice of method being affected by the nature and scale of the chart and its intended use. Where relief is shown by hypsometric tints, the tints used shall be based on those shown in Appendix 4 to ICAO Annex 4. Where spot elevations are used they shall be shown for selected critical points. The value of spot elevations of doubtful accuracy shall be followed by the sign 27.20 Prohibited, restricted or danger areas shall be shown where their presence could affect the aircraft operation for which the chart is applicable. Where the areas are shown, the reference or other identification shall be included, except that the nationality letters may be omitted. 27.21 When air traffic services airspace is shown on a chart, the class of airspace, the type, name or call sign, the vertical limits and the radio frequencies to be used shall be indicated. The horizontal airspace limits shall be shown in accordance with Appendix 2 to ICAO Annex 4. On charts used for visual flight, relevant elements of the ATS airspace classification table shall be shown either on the face or reverse of the chart. 27.22 True north and the magnetic variation shall be indicated. The order of resolution of magnetic variation shall be that specified for the particular chart. When magnetic variation is shown on a chart, the values shown should 22
be those for the year nearest the date of publication that is divisible by 5. In exceptional cases where the current value would be more than one degree different, after applying the calculation for annual change, an interim date and value should be quoted. 27.23 The Aeronautical Chart Manual (ICAO Doc 8697) contains samples of type suitable for use in aeronautical charts. Aeronautical data used for aeronautical charts shall comply with the integrity, resolution and quality requirements of paragraphs 15.9 to 15.11 inclusive. Protection of electronic aeronautical data shall comply with the requirements of paragraph 15.12. Guidance on the aeronautical data quality requirements is contained in the WGS-84 Manual (ICAO Doc 9674) Common reference systems shall be used for horizontal, vertical and temporal references as follows 1. Horizontal reference system: a. WGS-84 shall be used as the horizontal (geodetic) reference system. Published aeronautical geographical coordinates (indicating latitude and longitude) shall be expressed in terms of the WGS-84 geodetic reference datum. b. Geographical coordinates which have been transformed into WGS-84 coordinates but whose accuracy of original field work does not meet the requirements of Annex 11, Ch 2 and Annex 14, Vol. I and II, Ch 2, shall be identified by an asterisk. c. The order of chart resolution of geographical coordinates shall be that specified for the particular chart or series and in accordance with Annex 4, Appendix 6, Table 1.
27.24
27.25
27.26
27.27
2. Vertical reference system: a. Mean sea level (MSL), which gives the relationship of gravity related height (elevation) to a surface known as the geoid, shall be used as the vertical reference system. Note 1: The geoid most closely approximates MSL. Note 2: Gravity related heights are also referred to as orthometric heights while distances of points above the ellipsoid are referred to as ellipsoidal heights. b. In addition to the elevations referenced to MSL, for the specific surveyed ground positions, geoid undulation (referenced to the WGS-84 ellipsoid) for those positions shall also be published as specified for a particular chart. Note: Specifications governing the determination and reporting (accuracy of field work and data integrity) of elevation and geoid undulation at specific positions at aerodromes/ heliports are given in Annex 14, Vol I and II, Ch 2, and in Appendices 5 and 1 respectively. c. The order of chart resolution of elevation and geoid undulation shall be that specified for the particular chart or series and in accordance with Annex 4, Appendix 6, Table 2. 23
3. Temporal reference system: a. The Gregorian calendar and Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) shall be used as the temporal reference system.
Section E NOTAM Service 28

28.1
NOTAM Service General

Each applicant for the grant of an aeronautical information service certificate for the NOTAM service shall 1. Designate a NOF for the UAE; and 2. Operate the NOF on a 24 hour basis; and 3. Establish agreements with other international NOTAM offices for the exchange of NOTAM; and 4. Ensure that a. the NOF is connected to the AFS; and b. the AFS connection provides for printed communication; and c. the NOF has appropriate facilities to issue and receive NOTAM distributed by means of telecommunication; and
5. Promptly issue a NOTAM that is in accordance with this Section whenever information received under paragraph 12.2.1 requires the issue of a NOTAM; and 6. At intervals of not more than one month, issue a checklist via the AFS of the NOTAM that are currently in force. 7. Establish and operate an automated NOTAM management system.
29
29.1
Specifications for NOTAM

A NOTAM shall be originated and issued promptly whenever 1. The information to be promulgated is of a temporary nature and of short duration; or 2. Operationally significant permanent changes or temporary changes of long duration are made at short notice, Except that 3. For information of short extensive text or graphics, when an AIP Supplement should be issued. Operationally significant changes concerning circumstances listed in Annex 15, Appendix 4, Part 1 are issued under the AIRAC system.
29.2
A NOTAM shall be originated and issued concerning the following information; 1. Establishment, closure or significant operational changes to and airport, heliport or runway; or 2. Establishment, withdrawal or significant operational changes in aeronautical services; or 3. Establishment, withdrawal and significant changes in operational 24
capability of radio navigation and air ground communication services; or 4. Establishment, withdrawal or significant changes to visual aids; or 5. Interruption or return to service of major components of aerodrome lighting; or 6. Establishment, withdrawal or significant changes to procedures for air navigation services; or 7. Occurrence or correction of major defects or impediments in the manoeuvring area; or 8. Changes to and limitations in availability of fuel, oil and oxygen; or 9. Major changes to SAR facilities and services available; or 10. Establishment, withdrawal or return to operation of hazard beacons relating to obstacles to air navigation; or 11. Changes in regulations requiring immediate action such as prohibited areas for SAR action; or 12. Presence of hazards, such as military exercises, displays, obstacles and major parachuting events outside promulgated areas, affecting air navigation; or 13. Erection, removal or changes to obstacles to air navigation in the take-off/climb, missed approach, approach or runway strip areas; or 14. Establishment, deactivation or changes to prohibited, restricted or danger areas; or 15. Establishment or discontinuance of areas, routes or portions thereof where the possibility of interception exists and where the maintenance of guard on 121.5 MHz is required; or 16. Allocation, cancellation or change of location indicators; or 17. When significant changes to the level of rescue and fire fighting protection normally available at an aerodrome requires a change in category. Such change of category shall be clearly stated. See CAR Part IX Subpart 2 ; or 18. The presence, removal of or significant changes in hazardous conditions existing on the movement area; or 19. Outbreaks of epidemics necessitating changes in notified requirements in inoculations and quarantine measures; or 20. Forecasts of solar cosmic radiation, where provided; or 21. An operationally significant change in volcanic activity, location, date and time of volcanic eruptions, including the extent and direction of movement of volcanic ash clouds and routes which could be affected; or 22. The release into the atmosphere of radioactive materials or toxic chemicals following a nuclear or chemical incident, including the location, date and time of the incident, routes and flight levels which could be affected; or 23. The establishment of operations of humanitarian relief missions together with procedures and limitations which affect air navigation; or 24. Implementation of short term contingency measures in cases of disruption, or partial disruption, of air traffic services and related
25
supporting services. The need for a NOTAM should be considered in other situations which may affect the operations of aircraft. 29.3 The following information shall not be notified by NOTAM 1. Routine maintenance on aprons or taxiways which will not affect the safe movement of aircraft; or 2. Runway marking work, when aircraft operations can safely be conducted on other runways, or when the equipment can be removed when necessary; or 3. Temporary obstructions in the vicinity of an aerodrome or heliport that do not affect the safe operation of aircraft; or 4. Partial failure of aerodrome or heliport lighting facilities when such failure does not directly affect aircraft operations; or 5. Partial temporary failure of air ground communications when suitable alternative frequencies are known to be available and are operative; or 6. The lack of apron marshalling services or road traffic control; or 7. The unserviceability of location, destination of other instructional signs on the aerodrome movement area; or 8. Parachuting in uncontrolled airspace under VFR, when controlled, at promulgated sites or within danger or prohibited areas; or 9. Other information of similar temporary nature. 29.4 At least seven days advance notice shall be given of the activation of established prohibited, restricted or danger areas and of activities requiring temporary airspace restrictions other than for emergency operations. Notice of any subsequent cancellation of activities, reduction of effective hours or the dimensions of the airspace shall be given as soon as possible. 29.5 NOTAM notifying unserviceability of aids to air navigation, facilities or communication services shall give an estimate of the period of unserviceability or the time at which service shall be resumed. When an AIP Amendment or an AIP Supplement is issued in accordance with AIRAC procedures, a NOTAM shall be issued giving a brief description of the contents, effective date and reference number of the Amendment or Supplement. This NOTAM shall come into force on the effective date of the Amendment or Supplement and shall remain valid in the pre flight bulletin for a period of fourteen days. Note: See ICAO document 8126 for guidance on the issue of such trigger NOTAM 29.7 Each NOTAM shall contain the information in the order shown in the NOTAM format in Appendix 6 to ICAO Annex 15. NOTAM text shall be composed of the abbreviated phraseology assigned to the ICAO NOTAM Code complemented by ICAO abbreviations, indicators, designators, call signs, frequencies, figures and plain English language. Note: The ICAO NOTAM Code, abbreviated phraseologies and abbreviations are contained in ICAO Doc 8400. 26
29.6
29.8
NOTAM shall be issued in either of two series: 1. Series A containing information on all airports, facilities and procedures available for use by international civil aviation which are promulgated both internationally and nationally, and 2. Series B containing information of concern to aircraft other than those engaged in international civil aviation which are promulgated nationally and to selected adjacent States on request.
29.9
Each NOTAM shall be issued a serial number by the NOTAM office, starting with 0001 at 0001 UTC on January 01 each year. When an error occurs in a NOTAM, a replacement NOTAM with a new number shall be issued to replace the erroneous NOTAM. When a NOTAM is issued which cancels or replaces a previous NOTAM, the series and number of the previous NOTAM shall be indicated. The series, location indicator and subject of both NOTAM shall be the same. Only one NOTAM shall be cancelled or replaced by a NOTAM.
29.10
29.11
29.12
Each NOTAM shall 1. Be as brief as possible and compiled so that its meaning is clear without the need to refer to another document. 2. Be transmitted as a single telecommunication message 3. Deal with only one subject and one condition of the subject. Note: Doc 8126 contains guidance on the combination of subject and condition of the subject in accordance with the NOTAM Selection Criteria.
29.13
A NOTAM containing permanent or temporary information of long duration shall contain appropriate AIP or AIP Supplement references. Location indicators used in a NOTAM shall conform to those in ICAO Doc 7910. A curtailed form of the location indicator shall not be used. Where no location indicator is assigned to the location, the name of the location spelt in accordance with paragraph 13.2.9 shall be entered in the text of the NOTAM in plain language
29.14
29.15
The NOTAM checklist required under paragraph 28.1.6 shall 1. Be issued for each series; and 2. Refer to the latest AIP Amendments, AIP Supplements and the internationally distributed AICs; and 3. Be distributed to the same distribution list as the actual NOTAM series to which the checklist refers and be clearly identified as a checklist.
29.16
A monthly printed plain language list of valid NOTAM, including the requirements of paragraph 29.16.2, shall be prepared with the minimum of delay and forwards by the most expeditious means to the recipients of the Integrated Aeronautical Information Package.
27
30
30.1
Distribution of NOTAM
The GCAA shall determine which NOTAM are to be given international distribution. NOTAM shall 1. Be distributed on the basis of a request from an authorised originator of NOTAM; and 2. Be prepared in conformity with the relevant provisions of ICAO communication procedures; and 3. Use the AFS whenever practicable for distribution.
30.2
30.3
International exchange of NOTAM shall take place in accordance with agreements detailed in paragraph 28.1.3. When such a NOTAM exchange sent by means other than the AFS, a six digit date time group indicating the date and time of NOTAM origination, and the identification of the originator shall be used, preceding the text.
30.4
The exchanges of NOTAM between international NOF shall, as far as is practicable, be limited to the requirements of the receiving States concerned by means of separate series providing for at least international and domestic flights. Selective predetermined NOTAM distribution lists shall be used when practicable. Note: Guidance material related to distribution lists is contained in ICAO Doc 8126.
30.5
Section F - Pre Flight Information Service 31

31.1
Pre- Flight Information Service General

Each applicant for the grant of an aeronautical information service certificate for the pre- flight information service shall, for the pre-flight service/s listed in their exposition, specify 1. The geographic area; and 2. The aerodrome/s and the route stages originating from those aerodromes.
31.2
The holder of an aeronautical information service certificate for the PreFlight Information Service shall ensure that, at any aerodrome or heliport normally used for international air operations, aeronautical information essential for the safety, regularity and efficiency of navigation on international routes and destinations relative to the aerodrome or heliport, is made available to flight operations personnel, including flight crews, and services responsible for pre-flight information. Aeronautical information provided for pre-flight planning purposes at the aerodromes or heliports referred to in paragraph 31.1, shall include relevant elements of the Integrated Aeronautical Information Package and relevant maps and charts. These documents may be limited to those of the UAE and, when practicable, those of immediately adjacent States, provided a complete library of aeronautical information is available via a central location and 28
31.3
direct communications is available between an aerodrome briefing office and that library. 31.4 Additional current information relating to the aerodrome of departure shall be provided concerning the following 1. Construction or maintenance work on or immediately adjacent to the manoeuvring area; 2. Rough portions of any part of the manoeuvring area whether marked or not; 3. The presence and depth of water on runways and taxiways, including the effect on surface friction; 4. Parked aircraft or other objects on or immediately adjacent to taxiways; 5. The presence of other temporary hazards; 6. The presence of birds or other wildlife constituting a potential hazard to aircraft operations; 7. Failure or irregular operation of part or all of the aerodrome lighting system including approach, threshold, runway, taxiway, obstruction and manoeuvring area unserviceability lights and aerodrome power supply; 8. Failure, irregular operation and changes in the operational status of radio navigation services, visual aids, communication facilities or services, surveillance systems, RVR systems and standby power supplies; 9. The establishment of operations of humanitarian relief missions together with procedures and limitations which affect air navigation. 31.5 A recapitulation of current NOTAM and other urgent information shall be made available to flight crew in the form of an English plain language pre-flight information bulletin (PIB) The holder of an aeronautical information service certificate for the PreFlight Information Service shall ensure that arrangements are made to receive information concerning the state and operation of air navigation facilities or services noted by air crew and shall ensure that such information is made available to the aeronautical information services for such distribution as the circumstances necessitate.
31.6
32
32.1
Automated Pre- Flight Information Systems

Each applicant for the grant of, or holder of, an aeronautical information service certificate for the pre flight information service who wishes to automate the PIB shall obtain GCAA acceptance of the automated system in accordance with CAR Part VIII, Subpart 1, paragraph 13.1. Each applicant shall establish procedures to ensure that the automated PIB provides 1. The documents referred to in paragraphs 31.3 to 31.5 inclusive; 2. Meteorological information as required by ICAO Annex 3, Chapter 9, subject to agreement with the Meteorological Authority; 3. NOTAM relevant to the destination airport, alternate airport and the route stage to be flown; 4. Access to the system by operations personnel including flight 29
32.2
crew members and other aeronautical personnel concerned, shall include: 5. easy access in a guided manner to all relevant information and data; 6. consultation as necessary with AIS and Meteorological staff; 7. Continuous and timely updating of the system database; 8. Monitoring of the validity and quality of the aeronautical information stored; 9. Provision for paper printed versions of the information accessible; 10. A rapid response to user inputs.
30
ATTACHMENT1 APPLICATION FOR AN AIS CERTIFICATE
GENERAL CIVIL AVIATION AUTHORITY
P.O. Box 6558 Abu Dhabi - UAE
APPLICATION FOR AIS PROVIDERS CERTIFICATE
Name of Unit Administrative Authority
One copy of the AIS Organisations Exposition, prepared in accordance with the Civil Aviation Regulations, is enclosed with this application. The Certificate will be based on the particulars contained in the AIS Organisations Exposition On behalf of the Administrative Authority named above, I certify that the information contained in the AIS Organisation Exposition is correct in every respect and that no relevant information has been withheld.
Name
Signature
Date
AIS Form 01:
31
CAR Part VIII, Subpart 3
CAR PART VIII Subpart 3 TO BE DEVELOPED
CAR PART VIII Subpart 4, ATS
CAR PART VIII SUBPART 4 AIR TRAFFIC SERVICES
CONTENTS
1. 2. 3.
APPLICABILITY ...................................................................................................................... 8 DEFINITIONS AND ACRONYMS ........................................................................................... 8 AIR TRAFFIC SERVICES CERTIFICATE .............................................................................. 9
3.4. PRIVILEGES OF CERTIFICATE ......................................................................................... 10 3.5. CERTIFICATE RENEWAL ................................................................................................... 10 3.6. CONTINUED COMPLIANCE ............................................................................................... 10 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. PERSONNEL REQUIREMENTS ......................................................................................... 10 ATS TRAINING .................................................................................................................... 12 SHIFT ADMINISTRATION ................................................................................................... 12 FACILITY REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................ 13 ESTABLISHMENT AND TRANSFER OF SERVICE ............................................................ 16 DOCUMENTATION .............................................................................................................. 16
10. CONTINGENCY PLAN ......................................................................................................... 17 11. 12. 13. 14. ATS CO-ORDINATION REQUIREMENTS ......................................................................... 17 NOTIFICATION OF FACILITY STATUS ............................................................................. 19 RECEIPT OF INFORMATION REQUIREMENTS ............................................................... 19 METEOROLOGICAL INFORMATION AND REPORTING ................................................ 20
15. AREA AND APPROACH CONTROL SERVICES ................................................................ 20
16. AERODROME CONTROL SERVICES ................................................................................ 21 17. SPECIAL USE AIRSPACE ................................................................................................... 22 18. RESPONSIBILITY FOR CONTROL ..................................................................................... 22 19. PRIORITIES ......................................................................................................................... 23 20. AIR TRAFFIC FLOW MANAGEMENT (ATFM) .................................................................... 24 21. ATC CLEARANCES ............................................................................................................. 25 22. DEVIATION FROM AN ATC CLEARANCE ......................................................................... 26 23. CRUISING LEVELS ............................................................................................................. 26 24. FLIGHT INFORMATION SERVICE ...................................................................................... 26 25. AERODROME FLIGHT INFORMATION SERVICE ............................................................. 28 26. ALERTING SERVICE ........................................................................................................... 28 27. FLIGHT PLANS ..................................................................................................................... 31 28. TIME ..................................................................................................................................... 32 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. ALTIMETER SETTING PROCEDURES ............................................................................. 32 RADIO AND TELEPHONE PROCEDURES ....................................................................... 32 ATS SURVEILLANCE SERVICES ...................................................................................... 33 AIRCRAFT EMERGENCIES AND IRREGULAR OPERATIONS ....................................... 36 ACCIDENT, INCIDENT AND OCCURRENCE REPORTING ............................................. 37 RECORDS ........................................................................................................................... 37 LOGS AND POSITION LOGS ............................................................................................. 39
36. SECURITY............................................................................................................................ 39 37. SERVICE DISRUPTIONS .................................................................................................... 40
38. SAFETY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (SMS) REQUIREMENTS .......................................... 40 39. QUALITY ASSURANCE SYSTEM (QAS) REQUIREMENTS ............................................... 41 40. TRIALS ................................................................................................................................. 42 41. DENIAL OF ATC CLEARANCE ........................................................................................... 42 42. SUSPENSION OF VFR OPERATIONS ............................................................................... 42 43. ORGANISATION EXPOSITION ........................................................................................... 42 44. ATS OPERATIONS MANUAL .............................................................................................. 43 45. CHANGES TO CERTIFICATE HOLDERS ORGANISATION ............................................. 45 46. WITHDRAWAL OR TRANSFER OF SERVICE ................................................................... 46 47. TRANSITION ........................................................................................................................ 46
APPENDIX 1: SEPARATION CRITERIA AND MINIMA .............................................................. 1 1.1. GENERAL ................................................................................................................................ 1 1.2. SEPARATION INVOLVING MILITARY AIRCRAFT ................................................................ 1 1.3. FORMATION FLIGHTS .......................................................................................................... 2 1.4.SEPARATION FROM ACTIVE SPECIAL USE AIRSPACE ..................................................... 2 AREA AND APPROACH SEPARATION CRITERIA ...................................................................... 2 1.5. LONGITUDINAL SEPARATION BY TIME ............................................................................. 2 1.6. LONGITUDINAL SEPARATION BY DISTANCE.................................................................... 3 1.7. LATERAL SEPARATION ....................................................................................................... 3 RADAR SEPARATION ................................................................................................................... 3 1.8. RADAR SEPARATION FROM AN UNIDENTIFIED CONTROLLED FLIGHT ........................ 3
1.9. RADAR SEPARATION FROM HOLDING AIRCRAFT ........................................................... 4 1.10. RADAR SEPARATION FOR AIRCRAFT ON RECIPROCAL TRACKS ............................... 4 AERODROME SEPARATION CRITERIA ...................................................................................... 4 1.11. SEPARATION OF SUCCESSIVE IFR DEPARTURES ....................................................... 4 1.12. REDUCED RUNWAY SEPARATION ................................................................................... 5 1.13. OPERATION ON PARALLEL RUNWAYS ............................................................................ 5 1.14. HELICOPTER OPERATIONS ............................................................................................... 5 1.15. WAKE TURBULENCE SEPARATION ................................................................................... 6 1.16. COMPOSITE VISUAL SEPARATION ................................................................................... 6
APPENDIX 2: ATS TRAINING ...................................................................................................... 1 2.1. 2.2. 2.3. ATC COURSE APPROVALS ............................................................................................... 1 APPROVED UNIT TRAINING AND ASSESSMENT PLANS............................................... 2 AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL EXAMINERS .............................................................................. 3
2.4. AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL INSTRUCTORS........................................................................... 4 2.5 ASSESSMENT OF PREVIOUS COMPETENCE AT ATC UNITS ........................................ 4
2.6. TRAINING RECORDS .......................................................................................................... 5 2.7. CONTINUATION TRAINING REQUIREMENTS ................................................................... 6 2.8. ENGLISH LANGUAGE PROFICIENCY TRAINING .............................................................. 7 2.9. MINIMUM EXPERIENCE REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................ 7 2.10. COMPETENCE OF AIR TRAFFIC CONTROLLERS ........................................................... 9 2.11. FAILURE TO MAINTAIN CURRENCY............................................................................... 14
APPENDIX 3: AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL LICENSING .................................................................. 1 3.1. INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................................... 1 3.2. APPLICABILITY ..................................................................................................................... 1 3.3 . LICENSING APPLICATION PROCEDURE ........................................................................... 1 3.4. OJT TRAINING PERMITS ...................................................................................................... 2 3.5. ATC LICENCES ..................................................................................................................... 4 3.6. REQUIRED KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND EXPERIENCE ..................................................... 5 3.7. LICENCE, PERMIT AND CERTIFICATE MAINTENANCE AND RETURN ........................... 6 3.8. AIR TRAFFIC CONTROLLER RATINGS AND ENDORSEMENTS ...................................... 8 3.9. ENGLISH LANGUAGE PROFICIENCY ............................................................................... 12 3.10. MEDICAL REQUIREMENTS............................................................................................... 13 3.11. AIR TRAFFIC CONTROLLER DUTY HOURS AND STAFFING ........................................ 14 3.12. WATCH ROSTERS ............................................................................................................. 18
APPENDIX 4: ATS OCCURRENCE REPORTING ....................................................................... 1 4.1. ATS OCCURRENCE REPORTING ....................................................................................... 1 4.2. ATS OCCURRENCE INVESTIGATION ................................................................................. 2 4.3. RELIEF FROM DUTY............................................................................................................. 4 4.4. ATS OCCURRENCE RECORDS ........................................................................................... 5 4.5. INCIDENT INVOLVING AIRLINE OPERATORS ................................................................... 5 4.6. ATS UNIT TARGET LEVELS OF SAFETY ............................................................................ 6

INITIAL ISSUE
NOVEMBER
INTRODUCTION OF CIVIL AVIATION REGULATIONS PART VIII, SUBPART 4, AIR TRAFFIC SERVICES CERTIFICATION, BASED UPON ICAO ANNEX 2 AMENDMENT 41 AND ANNEX 11 AMENDMENT 46.
2009
1
1.1
Applicability
Civil Aviation Regulations Part VIII, Subpart 4 is issued by the General Civil Aviation Authority in pursuit of its obligations to ensure enforcement of accepted international regulations and standards within organisations providing Air Traffic Services (ATS) within the UAE FIR/UIR as designated by the Authority, and within airspace of other States for which responsibility has been transferred to the UAE. These Regulations shall also apply in UAE airspace delegated to another State. These Regulations govern the certification and operation of organisations providing an air traffic service and the operating and technical standards for providing an air traffic service by those organisations. ATS consists of the following: 1. Air Traffic Control Services (ATCS) a. area control service b. approach control service c. aerodrome control service
1.2
2. Flight Information Service (FIS) a. area flight information b. aerodrome flight information service 3. Alerting service 4. Any other service provided in accordance with the requirements of the Authority. The standards contained herein are based on ICAO Annexes 2 and 11 as well as ICAO PANS-ATM, Pans-ATM, in so far as they have been adopted by the United Arab Emirates 1.3 These Regulations also set out certain rules that apply to the GCAA in administering ATS certificates. These Regulations take effect on 01 June 2009 and shall remain in force until amended or revoked.
1.4
2
2.1

Definitions existing in ICAO PANS-ATM, chapter 1 shall form part of this Regulation, supplemented by the definitions contained in Subpart 1 to CAR Part VIII. which, unless otherwise stated, are from Annexes 2 and 11. Acronyms are contained in Subpart 1.
3
3.1
Air Traffic Services Certificate

No person or organisation shall provide an air traffic service except under the authority of, and in accordance with the provisions of, an air traffic service certificate issued under this Part. A person or organisation may in writing request the Authority to determine whether an aviation related service is an air traffic service under paragraph 3.4.7. The Authority may, in consultation with such persons as the Authority considers necessary, determine whether the proposed service is an air traffic service under paragraph 3.4.7.
3.2
The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall be submitted to the Authority for approval on form ATS 01. All elements of the form shall be completed. The form shall include the aerodrome locations and airspace designations at or within which the services will be provided. The form shall be submitted to Authority along with supporting documentation which shall include the exposition required by paragraph 43. An applicant is entitled to an air traffic service certificate if 1. The applicant and persons holding positions listed in paragraph 4.1.1 to 4.1.4 inclusive are acceptable to the Authority; and 2. The organisations exposition as required by paragraph 43 is acceptable to the Authority; and 3. The Authority is satisfied that the granting of the certificate is not contrary to the interests of aviation safety. In the interests of aviation safety, only one certificate for the same air traffic service at the same location is current at any time.
3.3
An air traffic service certificate may be granted or renewed for a period of up to 5 years. An air traffic service certificate remains in force until it expires, is suspended or revoked. The holder of an air traffic service certificate that expires or is revoked shall surrender the certificate to the Authority. The holder of an air traffic service certificate that is suspended shall immediately return the certificate to the Authority for appropriate endorsement.
3.4
An air traffic service certificate specifies which of the following air traffic services and which training and assessment for such services, the certificate holder is authorised to provide 1. Area control service 2. Approach control service 3. Aerodrome control service 4. Flight information service 5. Aerodrome flight information service 6. Alerting service 7. Any other service provided in accordance with the requirements of the Authority
3.5
Certificate Renewal
An application for the renewal of an ATS certificate shall be made on form ATS 01 not less than 60 days before the certificate expires.
3.6
The holder of an air traffic service certificate shall 1. Ensure its exposition is amended so as to remain a current description of the holders organisation and services; and 2. Provide access to a complete and current copy of its exposition at each ATS unit listed in its exposition and to personnel who require access to carry out their duties, and 3. Provide access to a current and complete operations manual or system of manuals for the services listed in its exposition, for compliance by its personnel; and 4. Where a holder is certificated to provide more than one air traffic service, or an air traffic service or services from more than one location, publish a core manual together with manual supplements specific to each service or location; and. 5. Comply with all procedures and standards detailed in its exposition in order to continue to meet the standards and comply with the requirements prescribed for certification under this part; and 6. Promptly notify the Authority of any change of address for service, telephone or facsimile number required by the application form.
4
4.1
Personnel requirements
The applicant for an Air Traffic Service certificate shall engage, employ or contract: 1. A Head of ATS who has the authority within the applicants
10
organisation to ensure that each air traffic service listed in its exposition can be financed and is provided in accordance with the requirements of this Part; and 2. A Head of ATS operations responsible for ensuring that the organisation complies with the ATS provision requirements of this Part; and 3. A Head of ATS training responsible for ensuring that the organisation complies with the training and licensing requirements of this Part; and 4. An accountable manager responsible for the provision of a safety management system according to the requirements of CAR Part X; and 5. Sufficient personnel to manage, supervise, provide and support the air traffic service and any associated training or assessment listed in the applicants exposition, plus meet the requirements of CAR Part X to develop and maintain an effective SMS. Qualifications and experience details for the persons nominated by the applicant for the positions listed in paragraphs 4.1.1 to 4.1.4 inclusive shall be forwarded to the Authority for acceptance prior to the person being named in that position by the applicant. The persons listed in paragraphs 4.1.2 to 4.1.5 inclusive above shall ultimately be responsible to the Head of ATS. 4.2 The applicant shall establish procedures to: 1. Ensure the competence of those personnel who a. supervise personnel providing air traffic services; and b. provide the air traffic services listed in the applicants exposition; and c. provide training and assessment for those air traffic services in accordance with the requirements of appendix 2; and
d. provide immediate operational support for those air traffic services; and 2. Provide personnel listed in paragraph 4.2.1 with written evidence of the scope of their authorisation; and 3. Ensure that those personnel hold appropriate current licences and ratings issued under Appendix 3; and 4. Ensure that those personnel only exercise the privilege of their rating or ratings if they are familiar with all relevant and current information; and 5. Facilitate, for air traffic service licence holders, compliance with the recent experience requirements of Appendix 2; and 6. Ensure that an air traffic controller shall not exercise the privileges of their rating or ratings unless they comply with any endorsements on their medical certificate, or when any decrease in their medical fitness might render them unable to safely exercise these privileges. 7. Ensure that no person whose function is critical to the safety of aviation (safety sensitive personnel) shall undertake that function
11
while under the influence of any psychoactive substance, by reason of which human performance is impaired and that they shall not engage in any problematic use of substances. A holder of an Air Traffic Controller Licence shall not be entitled to exercise the privileges of a rating contained in that licence unless he holds a current Certificate of Competence specific to the unit/sector/ equipment at and with the aid of which the air traffic control service is to be provided.
5
5.1
ATS training
The applicant for an ATS certificate shall establish procedures and programmes for the training and assessment of the following personnel 1. Air traffic controllers; and 2. Flight service operators; and 3. Personnel directly involved in supervision of, or immediate operational support to, personnel providing air traffic services listed in the applicants exposition.
5.2
The applicant shall establish procedures to ensure that personnel giving instruction in an operational environment hold an appropriate current ATS instructor rating issued under Appendix 2. The applicant shall establish procedures to ensure that personnel carrying out assessment for the issue of licences, or the issue or validation of ratings, hold an appropriate current ATS instructor or examiner rating issued under Appendix 2 The applicant for an ATS certificate shall submit their training courses to the GCAA for approval as per Appendix 2. Where the applicant does not provide ab-initio or rating training for ATS personnel, the organisation which supplies the training shall submit the training courses to the GCAA for approval. The applicant for an ATS certificate shall establish procedures and programmes for continuation training of ATS personnel in accordance with Appendix 2, paragraph 2.5. The applicant for an ATS certificate shall establish procedures to ensure that trainee and licensed air traffic controllers achieve and retain at least English language proficiency level 4.
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
6
6.1
Shift administration
The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish a procedure to ensure that1. Adequate time is provided at the beginning and end of each shift for the performance of those duties requireda. before providing an air traffic service; and b. after ceasing to provide an air traffic service; and
12
2. Adequate time is provided for each transfer of watch at an operational ATS position, with a minimum of 5 minutes.
7
7.1
An applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish the following facilities appropriate to the air traffic services listed in the applicants exposition: 1. Aerodrome control towers: 2. Approach control units: 3. Area control centres: 4. Aerodrome flight information units: 5. Flight information centres: 6. Dedicated training and assessment facilities: Working conditions shall meet established levels for temperature, humidity, ventilation, noise and ambient lighting, and do not adversely affect controller performance.
7.2
An applicant for an aerodrome control service, or an aerodrome flight information service, shall establish procedures to ensure that any aerodrome control tower or aerodrome flight information unit, listed in their exposition, is1. Constructed and situated to provide : a. the maximum practicable visibility of aerodrome traffic ; and b. protection from glare and reflection; and c. protection from noise; and
2. Safeguarded from any development that would affect the requirements of paragraph 7.2.1; and 3. At solo watch locations, provided with toilet facilities that ensure the minimum possible interruption to, or degradation of, air traffic services; 4. Provided with equipment for two way voice communication witha. any aircraft, in or adjacent to airspace for which the applicant has responsibility; and b. any aircraft, vehicle, and person, on, or adjacent to, the manoeuvring area; and 5. Provided with the following minimum equipment: a. a display system or systems designed to show the disposition of current and pending aerodrome traffic together with ancillary information for individual aircraft: b. a power supply: c. appropriate current maps and charts:
d. binoculars:
13
e. clocks: f. a log keeping system:
g. outside temperature indicator: h. QNH displays: i. j. k. l. signal lamp with green, red and white functions: telephone communications: status indicators for approach and landing aids and any road signalling equipment affecting the use of a runway: visibility and cloud height checkpoints:
m. voice and, if applicable, data recording equipment: n. wind direction and speed display: o. an audible emergency alerting system: p. an AFTN terminal or, if provided for in an ATS letter of agreement, an alternative means of reception and transmission of information normally conveyed by AFTN: 6. If applicable, airfield lighting control panel; and 7. Provided with 2 independent sources of the current altimeter setting, at least one of which shall be an aneroid barometer or barometric altimeter situated in the visual control room. 8. Provided with adequate facilities for staff off watch break periods. Where a continuous watch of the entire aerodrome is not possible, electronic means of surveillance should be considered. 7.3 The applicant for an area control service, flight information service or approach control service shall establish procedures to ensure that any area control centre, flight information centre and approach control unit is1. Provided with equipment enabling two way voice communication, to the fullest extent possible; and 2. If applicable, data communication with any aircraft in or adjacent to airspace for which the applicant has responsibility; and 3. Provided with the following minimum equipment: a. a display system or systems designed to show the disposition of current and pending flights together with ancillary information for individual aircraft: b. a power supply: c. appropriate current maps and charts:
d. clocks: e. log keeping system: f. status indicator as appropriate for navigation, approach and landing aids:
g. telephone communications: h. voice recording equipment and, if applicable, data recording
14
equipment: i. an AFTN terminal or, if provided for in an ATS letter of agreement, an alternative means of reception and transmission of information normally conveyed by AFTN:
4. For an approach control unit, an ILS status indicator at the approach control or approach control radar operating position for the aerodrome concerned: 5. For an approach control operating position responsible for aircraft on final approach, or aircraft landing or taking off, a wind direction and wind speed display fed from the same source as the corresponding unit in the aerodrome control tower. 6. Provided with adequate facilities for staff off watch break periods 7.4 The applicant shall establish procedures to ensure that the aeronautical telecommunications equipment required by paragraphs 7.2 and 7.3 is operated in accordance with CAR Part VIII, subpart 5. The applicant shall establish procedures to ensure that any equipment, maps, charts, monitors and displays used by air traffic service personnel are positioned with due regard to the relative importance of the information displayed and ease of use by the staff concerned. The equipment required by paragraphs 7.2.4, 7.2.5, 7.3.1, 7.3.2 and 7.3.3, shall have a level of reliability, availability and redundancy that minimises the possibility of failure, non-availability, or significant degradation of performance. The applicant shall establish procedures to ensure that the status indicators required by paragraph 7.2.5.k and paragraphs 7.3.3 f and j are fitted with 1. An aural alarm to indicate a change of status; and 2. A visual indication of the current status. 7.8 A temporary aerodrome control tower and a temporary aerodrome flight information office are not required to be provided with the equipment required under paragraphs 7.2.5 k, p and q if it is impracticable to do so and other appropriate measures are taken, as the case may be, to1. Provide the person/s providing the air traffic service from the temporary tower or unit with the information that would be available from the equipment required under paragraphs 7.2.5.k and p; and 2. Control the aerodrome lighting if applicable.
7.5
7.6
7.7
15
8
8.1
Establishment and transfer of service

The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall include with its applicationFor each aerodrome and airspace, a schedule of the proposed hours of service for the first 12 months of operation; and In respect of an aerodrome, or airspace, not currently provided with an air traffic service, a copy of the safety study that led to the decision to provide the air traffic service.
8.2
The applicant for an air traffic service certificate intending to assume responsibility for providing any air traffic service from an existing certificate holder, shall include with its application, full details of transitional arrangements endorsed by the Heads of ATS of both organisations.
9
9.1
Documentation
The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall hold copies of the relevant technical manuals and all other documents necessary for the provision and operation of the services listed in its exposition. The applicant shall establish a procedure to control all the documentation required by paragraph 9.1. The procedure shall ensure that 1. Appropriate arrangements are in place to ensure receipt of amendments to documents held by the unit; and 2. All incoming documentation is reviewed and actioned as required by authorised personnel; and 3. All documentation is reviewed and authorised before issue; and 4. Current issues of all relevant documentation are available to personnel at all locations where they need access to such documentation for the provision and operation of air traffic services; and 5. All obsolete documentation is promptly removed from all points of issue or use; and 6. Any obsolete documents retained as archives are suitably identified as obsolete; and 7. The current version of each item of documentation can be identified to preclude the use of out of date documents; and 8. A regular document audit is made of the amendment status of controlled documents held on the unit.
9.2
9.3
The order of precedence of publications is as follows: 1. UAE Civil Aviation Law 2. UAE Civil Aviation Regulations 3. Other regulatory material published by the GCAA 4. ICAO Annexes
16
5. ICAO Documents. 9.4 ICAO Standards & Recommended Practices and Procedures for Air Navigation Services have the following regulatory status: 1. Standards: Mandatory unless specifically modified in the applicable parts of Supplements to the Annexes or in the Civil Aviation Regulations. 2. Recommended Practices: Mandatory unless the operator has obtained GCAA approval of an alternative provision, resulting in a level of safety equal to or greater than that achieved by application of the recommended practice. 3. PANS: Procedures for Air Navigation Services (PANS) shall be applied, with similar Mandatory status as for the SARPs, except where specifically deleted or modified in the Civil Aviation Regulations. 4. Definitions, tables, figures and appendices contained in ICAO Annexes are to be considered as Standards and therefore mandatory. 5. Attachments to ICAO Annexes are supplementary to SARPs or included as general guidance material. Where specific or general applications are considered necessary for additional safety levels, these are included in the Civil Aviation Regulations and carry Mandatory status.
10
10.1
Contingency Plan
The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish, in accordance with the requirements of Annex 11, Attachment D, a contingency plan and appropriate facility and equipment providing for the safe and orderly flow of traffic in the event of a temporary disruption of an air traffic service or a related support service.
11
11.1
ATS Co-ordination requirements

The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish appropriate co-ordination between each ATS unit listed in the applicants exposition and the following agencies1. Any holder of an aeronautical telecommunication organisation certificate issued under CAR Part 5; and service
2. Any holder of an air navigation service organisation certificate issued under CAR Part VIII, subpart 3; and 3. Any holder of an aviation meteorological service organisation certificated issued under CAR Part VIII, subpart 7; and 4. Any holder of an aeronautical information service certificate issued under CAR Part VIII, subpart 2; and 5. Aircraft operators; 6. The UAE armed forces; and 7. Search and rescue authorities.
17
11.2
The applicant shall establish appropriate coordination by written agreement between each ATS unit in their exposition and 1. The ATS unit responsible for adjoining airspace, and 2. Any other ATS unit with which regular operational co-ordination is required. 3. Where the listed ATS unit is an aerodrome control or aerodrome flight service unita. the aerodrome operator; and b. any apron management service, if that service is not provided by the aerodrome control unit.
11.3
The applicant shall ensure that each ATS agreement specified in 11.1 and 11.2; 1. Details such matters necessary for effective coordination between the units party to the agreement; and 2. Is kept current; and 3. Has the written agreement of senior representatives of the relevant units or organisations; and 4. Is part of the applicants operations manual.
11.4
The applicant shall establish systems and procedures to facilitate communications between those ATS units having an operational requirement to communicate with each other. The applicant shall provide systems and procedures to ensure that ATS units, are provided, where they require the information through the exchange of ATS messages, with details ofThe intended movement of each aircraft for which a flight plan has been filed, and any amendments to that flight plan; and Current information on the actual progress of the flight
11.5
11.6
The applicant shall establish procedures to ensure that ATS messages are prepared and transmitted in accordance with procedures detailed and cross referenced in PANS-ATM (Chapter 11 Air Traffic Service Messages) The applicant shall ensure that procedures established under paragraph 11.1.6 shall: 1. Permit information pertinent to safe and expeditious civil flights to be promptly exchanged between military and ATC units; and 2. Ensure that activities potentially hazardous to civil aircraft are be coordinated between military and ATS units to: a. allow timely promulgation of information , b. minimize interference with normal civil aircraft operations; c. avoid hazards to civil aircraft
11.7
3. Ensure that ATS units are advised by the military if a military unit observes civil aircraft approaching or in an area where interception
18
might be necessary; and 4. Require the ATS authority to initiate the promulgation of information regarding the activity; and 5. Promote the flexible use of airspace reserved for military or other special activities. 11.8 The applicant shall establish procedures to ensure that failures in the coordination processes required in paragraph 11.2 are reported investigated and recorded and that appropriate corrective and preventive action is undertaken where necessary.
12
12.1
Notification of facility status

An applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish procedures to notify the users of its air traffic services of relevant operational information and of any changes in the operational status of each facility or service listed in the applicants exposition. The applicant shall ensure that procedures established under paragraph 12.1 require1. Operational information for each of the applicants air traffic services to be forwarded to the holder of the aeronautical information service certificate in accordance with CAR Part VIII, subpart 2 for the AIP service; and 2. The users of the applicants air traffic services to be notified without delay of any change in operational status of a facility or service that may affect the safety of air navigation, and, except if the change is temporary in nature, information concerning any change in operational status is forwarded to the holder of the aeronautical information service certificate in accordance with CAR Part VIII, subpart 2 for the NOTAM service.
12.2
13
13.1
Receipt of information requirements

The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish procedures to ensure that each air traffic service unit, receives information on the following activities when the activity could affect airspace used by flights within the units area of responsibility1. SIGMET and AIRMET information; 2. Information concerning the release of radioactive materials or toxic chemicals into the atmosphere; 3. Information on changes in the availability of radio navigation services and visual aids; 4. Information on changes in condition of aerodromes and associated facilities, including information on the state of the aerodrome movement areas when they are affected by contaminants and temporary hazards; 5. The presence of birds to the degree that could be a hazard to aerodrome traffic;
19
6. Information on unmanned free balloons.
14
14.1
Meteorological information and reporting

The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish systems and procedures to ensure that all meteorological information provided as part of any flight information service is supplied by the holder of an aviation meteorological service organisation certificate issued under CAR Part VIII, subpart 7 or is issued as an observation by ATS personnel. The applicant shall establish systems to ensure that ATS units are supplied with the above meteorological information in a form that requires a minimum of interpretation by ATS personnel. The applicant shall establish procedures to ensure that equipment used in the compilation of ATS observations 1. Supplies data representative of measurements are required; and the area for which the
14.2
14.3
2. Where that equipment consists of multiple wind direction and speed indicators, identifies the runway, or section of the runway, monitored by each instrument. 14.4 The applicant shall establish a procedure to ensure that the information contained in a meteorological bulletin remains unchanged through onward transmission. The applicant shall establish a procedure to ensure that aircraft reports of weather are forwarded to the appropriate weather authority without delay.
14.5
15
15.1
Area and approach control services

An applicant for an air traffic services certificate in respect of an area or approach control service shall establish systems and procedures to 1. Determine from information received, the positions of known aircraft relative to each other ; and 2. Provide for the issue of ATC clearances, instructions, and information in accordance with the airspace classification and type of flight for the purpose of preventing collisions between aircraft under the control of the unit, and for expediting and maintaining a safe and efficient flow of traffic; and 3. Coordinate clearances with other ATC units as necessary; and 4. Display information on aircraft movements together with a record of clearances issued, in a manner that permits ready analysis of such information.
15.2
The separation required by paragraph 15.1.2 shall be in accordance with the applicable criteria and minima prescribed by Appendix 1
20
16
16.1
Aerodrome control services

The applicant for an air traffic service certificate in respect of an aerodrome control service shall establish systems and procedures to: 1. Determine, from information received and visual observation, the relative positions of known aircraft to each other; and 2. Provide for the issue of ATC clearances, instructions and information, including the runway in use at controlled aerodromes, for the purpose of preventing collisions between: a. aircraft flying in the vicinity of the aerodrome; and b. aircraft landing and taking off; and c. aircraft operating on the manoeuvring area; and persons, operating on the
d. aircraft, vehicles, and manoeuvring area; and
3. Aircraft on the manoeuvring area and obstructions on that area; and 4. Provide for the issue of ATC clearances, instructions, and information, for the purpose of expediting and maintaining a safe and efficient flow of traffic; and, except as provided in paragraph 22 and Appendix 1.1.2, provide runway and wake turbulence separation. 5. Ensure that emergency vehicles responding to an aircraft emergency are given priority over all other surface movement traffic; and 6. Provide for the control of the movement of persons or vehicles, including towed aircraft, on the manoeuvring area, as necessary to avoid hazard to them or to aircraft landing, taxiing, or taking off; and 7. Coordinate as necessary with other ATS units; and 8. Display, at operating positions, such continuously updated information on aircraft movements as is necessary for the provision of an aerodrome control service. The separation required by paragraph 16.1.2 and 16.1.3 shall be in accordance with the applicable criteria and minima prescribed by Appendix 1. 16.2 The applicant shall establish a procedure to ensure that, except as provided in paragraph 22, and subject to authorisation by the applicable approach control unit, if an approach control service is provided, aerodrome control units provide separation in accordance with Appendix 1 between 1. IFR flights and IFR flights; and 2. IFR and Special VFR flights; and 3. Special VFR flights when the flight visibility is reported to be less than 5 km. 16.3 The applicant shall establish a procedure to ensure that, when radio communication is not available, basic clearances and instructions required by paragraph 16.1.2 can be conveyed by the use of light signals described
21
in Appendix 1 to ICAO Annex 2. 16.4 The applicant shall establish procedures to ensure that when required by either the weather, or category of approach, or both 1. Aircraft on an ILS approach are informed of ILS critical area incursions, or the imminent possibility of an incursion; or 2. The applicable ILS critical areas are protected from incursion when an aircraft is on an ILS approach, or has reached a point on the approach from which protection from incursion is necessary. 16.5 The applicant shall establish a procedure to ensure that, when authority has been delegated by, and accepted from, the applicable area or approach control unit, aerodrome control units provide separation between controlled flights in accordance with the delegation.
17
17.1
Special use airspace

An applicant for an air traffic service certificate in respect of an air traffic control service shall establish systems and procedures to ensure that separation in accordance with Appendix 1.4 is provided between controlled flights and active special use airspace designated under CAR Part VIII, subpart 3, except when 1. In the case of a restricted area or military operations area, the pilot has approval from the administering authority to operate in the airspace; or 2. In the case of a danger area the pilot has notified an express intention to operate in the relevant area; or 3. It is known, that the pilot of a VFR flight or an IFR flight navigating by visual reference is aware that the airspace is active; or 4. Upon a request by the pilot, the flight is cleared to maintain its own separation from the airspace.
18
18.1
Responsibility for control

The applicant for an air traffic service certificate in respect of an air traffic control service shall establish procedures to ensure that any controlled flight is under the control of only one ATC position at any given time. The applicant shall establish procedures to ensure that responsibility for the control of all aircraft operating within a given block of airspace is vested in a single operating position. Control of aircraft or groups of aircraft may be delegated to other operating positions provided that coordination between all affected parties is assured. The applicant shall establish procedures for transfer of responsibility for the control of an aircraft. These procedures shall include details of the time, place or level at which responsibility for an aircraft shall be transferred from one unit to another. The transfer process shall not be considered complete until the receiving unit notifies acceptance of the aircraft. The procedures required by paragraph 18.3 shall ensure that transfer
18.2
18.3
18.4
22
arrangements are: 1. Agreed between ATC units responsible for adjacent airspaces and published in ATS letters of agreement; and 2. In place for separate operating positions within an ATC unit and promulgated in the holders operations manual. 18.5 The procedures required by paragraph 18.3 shall ensure that responsibility for control of an aircraft is not transferred from one ATC unit to another without 1. Communication of appropriate parts of the current flight plan; and 2. Any relevant control information; and 3. The consent of the receiving unit.
19
19.1
Priorities
The applicant for an air traffic service certificate in respect of an air traffic service shall establish procedures to ensure that, provided safety is not jeopardised, ATC units apply the following priorities: 1. An aircraft known or believed to be in a state of emergency or impaired operation has priority over other aircraft; 2. An aircraft landing, or in the final stages of an approach to land has priority over a departing aircraft; 3. An aircraft landing or taking off has priority over a taxiing aircraft.
19.2
The applicant shall establish procedures to ensure that, where practical, following a request from a pilot, an aircraft involved in, or positioning for, the following activities is granted priority: 1. Ambulance or mercy mission: 2. Search and rescue: 3. Civil defence or police emergency: 4. Carriage of head of State, head of government or equivalent dignitary.
19.3
The applicant shall establish procedures to ensure that an aircraft at cruising level generally has priority over other aircraft requesting that level, except that1. An aircraft may be given priority for a cruising level in accordance with procedures published in Document 7030, or an ATS letter of agreement; and 2. An aircraft occupying a cruising level may be reassigned another level to maintain separation.
19.4
The applicant for an air traffic service certificate may establish procedures regarding priorities to be applied in airspace designated as RNAV, RNP or RVSM airspace under CAR Part VIII, subpart 3.
23
19.5
Subject to the requirements of paragraphs 19.1 and 19.2, an applicant may put in place priority and air traffic management schemes for arriving and departing flights, provided that consultation with interested parties, including the GCAA, is undertaken prior to implementing the scheme. The applicant shall, where priorities are established under paragraph 19.4 and 19.5, ensure relevant information is published in the AIP UAE about the priority scheme. The applicant shall establish procedures to ensure that, providing safety is not jeopardised, due regard is given to those priorities determined in conjunction with the aerodrome operator for 1. Aircraft arriving and departing the aerodrome; and 2. Other operations in a control zone associated with the aerodrome.
19.6
19.7
19.8
The applicant shall establish procedures to ensure that, except when applying priority in accordance with other provisions of this rule, priority for arriving and departing aircraft is allocated on a first come, first served basis. The applicant shall establish procedures to ensure that the provision of an ATC service takes precedence 1. Over the provision of a flight information service whenever the situation so requires; and 2. Over the performance of any non-ATS tasks.
19.9
20
20.1
Air Traffic Flow Management (ATFM)

The applicant for an air traffic service certificate in respect of an air traffic control service shall establish ATFM procedures where, due to limitations in the ATS system declared capacity or aerodrome capacity, the applicant considers the procedures necessary. The procedures shall take account of 1. Traffic demand (forecast) and available resources of airspace, ATS and aerodrome capacity. 2. The requirements of the affected aerodrome operators including their traffic handling priorities; and 3. The needs of the aircraft operators, and other ATS providers, who will be affected by the procedures; and 4. The requirements of the aeronautical information service, including advance notice, and information on the method of activation and de-activation. The procedures shall include the role and relationships among ATFM main factors, airspace, aircraft operator, aerodrome, ATS provider managers (and military related representatives) and the Regulator in establishing the process on strategy, pre-tactical and tactical level.
20.2
24
21
21.1
ATC clearances
The applicant for an air traffic control service certificate in respect of an air traffic control service shall establish procedures for the provision of ATC clearances. The procedures shall ensure that 1. No person knowingly issues an ATC clearance or instruction that requires or invites a pilot to violate the provisions of any other rule; and 2. Clearances and instructions contain positive and concise data and are, where practicable, phrased in a standard manner; and 3. If a pilot advises that a clearance or instruction is unsuitable, an amended clearance or instruction is, if practicable, issued; and 4. An ATC clearance for an enroute flight consists of a. the aircraft identification as shown on the flight plan or, where similarity with another flight may cause confusion, an alternative identification provided by ATC; and b. the clearance limit; and c. the route of the flight; and
21.2
d. the level (s) of flight for the entire route, or part thereof, and changes of level if required; and e. any necessary instructions or information on other matters such as approach or departure manoeuvres, communications, and the time of validity or expiry of the clearance; and 5. An ATC clearance for a local flight, including operations within the aerodrome circuit, a flight operating in defined areas, or a flight operating in a random manner, includes those elements detailed in paragraph 21.2.4 that are appropriate. 6. An ATC clearance shall be issued in a timely manner, to ensure that they are transmitted to the aircraft in sufficient time for them to be complied with. 7. A clearance issued as a downstream clearance shall be clearly identified as such to the pilot. A downstream clearance shall not affect the aircrafts original flight profile in airspace other than that of the unit responsible for the clearance. 8. The following readback of clearances and information is required: a. ATC route clearances; and b. Clearances and instructions to enter, land on, take off from, hold short off, cross or backtrack on, any runway; and c. Runway in use, altimeter setting, SSR codes, level instructions, heading and speed instruction, transition levels, whether issued by the controller or contained in an ATIS broadcast; and
25
d. Conditional clearances.
22
22.1
Deviation from an ATC clearance

Subject to paragraph 22.2 the applicant for an air traffic service certificate in respect of an air traffic control service shall establish procedures to ensure that instructions issued by ATC to restore a loss of separation do not hinder the responses of a pilot to 1. An ACAS resolution advisory; or 2. A GPWS or TAWS alert; or 3. A weather or any other emergency situation which requires a deviation from an ATC clearance.
22.2
The procedures required by paragraph 22.1 shall specify that if any separation has been lost it is restored once the emergency situation has been resolved.
23
23.1
Cruising levels
The applicant for an air traffic service certificate in respect of an air traffic control service shall establish procedures to ensure that cruising levels allocated within the UAE FIR are selected in accordance with ICAO Annex 2, Appendix 3 (Table of Cruising Levels), except that, within controlled airspace 1. For both IFR and VFR flights, correlation of cruising level with track need not apply; and 2. VFR flights may be allocated IFR levels.
24
24.1
Flight information service

The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish procedures to ensure that a flight information service is provided to the following; 1. Each aircraft being provided with an ATC service that is likely to be affected by the information in paragraph 24.2: 2. Each aircraft being provided with an aerodrome flight information service that is likely to be affected by the information in paragraph 24.2: 3. Each aircraft operating IFR that is likely to be affected by the information in paragraph 24.2: 4. Any aircraft operating VFR for which the pilot has submitted a VFR plan to an ATS unit: 5. Any aircraft operating VFR if the pilot makes a specific request to an ATS unit for flight information.
24.2
The applicant shall ensure that the procedures required by paragraph 24.1 for the provision of flight information services include the provision of available and relevant 1. SIGMET information; and
26
2. Information on weather conditions reported or forecast at departure, destination, and alternate aerodromes; and 3. Information concerning pre-eruption volcanic activity 4. Information concerning the release into the atmosphere of radioactive materials or toxic chemicals; and 5. Information on changes in the operational state of the radio navigation services and visual aids; and 6. Information on changes in the condition of aerodromes and associated facilities, including information on the state of the aerodrome movement area when they are affected by contaminants; and 7. Information on unmanned free balloons; and 8. Other information likely to affect safety. 24.3 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate for an aerodrome control service or aerodrome flight information service shall establish procedures to ensure that, whenever water is present on a runway, a description of the runway surface conditions on the centre half of the width of the runway is made available using one of the following terms: 1. DAMP the surface shows a change of colour due to moisture: 2. WET the surface is soaked but there is no standing water: 3. WATER PATCHES significant patches of standing water are visible: 4. FLOODED extensive standing water is visible. 24.4 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate for an aerodrome control service, approach control service, or an aerodrome flight information service shall establish procedures to ensure that, if practical, local aircraft operators likely to be affected by the information are advised of short notice changes to published hours of service if they are unlikely to have the information from any other source. The applicant for an air traffic service certificate for an air traffic control service shall establish procedures to ensure that essential traffic information is passed to all affected traffic. The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish procedures to ensure that each ATS unit operating under that certificate provides traffic information to flights that are known to the ATS unit and are likely to be affected by the information as follows: 1. In class C airspace, between VFR flights together with traffic avoidance advise on request: 2. In class D airspace, between IFR and VFR flights, and between VFR flights, together with traffic avoidance advice on request: 3. If practical, in class E airspace, between IFR and VFR flights, and between VFR flights on request: 4. In class G airspace, between IFR flights and , if practical, between other flights on request.
24.5
24.6
27
25
25.1
Aerodrome flight information service

The applicant for an air traffic service certificate in respect of an aerodrome flight information service shall establish systems and procedures to 1. Determine, from information received, and visual observation, the relative position of known aircraft to each other; and 2. Provide for the issuance of information and advise, including the designation of a preferred runway, for the purpose of the safe and efficient operation of a. aircraft flying in the vicinity of the aerodrome; and b. aircraft operating on the manoeuvring area; and c. aircraft landing and taking off; and
d. aircraft, vehicles and persons on the manoeuvring area; and e. aircraft on the manoeuvring area and obstructions on that area. 25.2 The applicant shall establish procedures to ensure that the designated preferred runway is that most suitable for the particular operation.
26
26.1
Alerting service
The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish systems and procedures to ensure the provision of an alerting service within its area of responsibility 1. For all aircraft provided with an air traffic control service; or 2. In as far as is practicable, for all aircraft having filed a flight plan; or otherwise known by any air traffic service to be in need of assistance; or 3. Known or believed to be the subject of unlawful interference.
26.2
The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish procedures to ensure that, in the event of a state of emergency described in paragraph 26.3 Immediate declaration of an INCERFA, ALERFA or DETRESFA is made, in accordance with 26.5; and The declaration is notified to the RCC (via the UAE ACC) except where the emergency can be dealt with by an aerodrome emergency plan.
26.3
The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish procedures to ensure that notification of emergency phases shall follow the following criteria: 1. Uncertainty phase, when: a. no communication has been received from an aircraft within a period of thirty minutes after the time a communication should have been received, or from the time an unsuccessful attempt to establish communication with such
28
aircraft was first made, whichever is the earlier, or b. an aircraft fails to arrive within thirty minutes of the estimated time of arrival last notified to or estimated by air traffic services units, whichever is the later; Except when no doubt exists as to the safety of the aircraft and its occupants. 2. Alert Phase, when: a. following the uncertainty phase, subsequent attempts to establish communication with the aircraft or inquiries to other relevant sources have failed to reveal any news of the aircraft, or b. an aircraft has been cleared to land and fails to land within five minutes of the estimated time of landing and communication has not been re-established with the aircraft, or c. information has been received which indicates that the operating efficiency of the aircraft has been impaired, but not to the extent that a forced landing is likely;
Except when evidence exists that would allay apprehension as to the safety of the aircraft and its occupants, or d. An aircraft is known or believed to be the subject of unlawful interference. 3. Distress phase, when: a. following the alert phase, further unsuccessful attempts to establish communication with the aircraft and more widespread unsuccessful inquiries point to the probability that the aircraft is in distress, or b. the fuel on board is considered to be exhausted, or to be insufficient to enable the aircraft to reach safety, or c. information is received which indicates that the operating efficiency of the aircraft has been impaired to the extent that a forced landing is likely, or
d. information is received or it is reasonably certain that the aircraft is about to make or has made a forced landing, Except when there is reasonable certainty that the aircraft and its occupants are not threatened by grave and imminent danger and do not require immediate assistance. 26.4 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate in respect of an area control service or flight information service shall establish procedures to ensure that, in the event of a state of emergency, the UAE ACC1. Shall forward such information without delay to the RCC and the Authority; and 2. Serves as the central point within the FIR for collecting all information relevant to the state of emergency. 26.5 Notwithstanding paragraph 26.2, the applicant for an air traffic service
29
certificate for an aerodrome control service, approach control service, or aerodrome flight information service, shall establish procedures to ensure that whenever the urgency of the situation so requires, those services shall first notify appropriate local emergency organisations. 26.6 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish procedures to ensure the notification of an emergency situation required by paragraph 26.3. includes such of the following information as is available, in the order listed: 1. INCERFA, ALERFA or DESTRESFA as appropriate to the phase of the emergency; 2. Agency and person calling; 3. Nature of the emergency; 4. Significant information from the flight plan; 5. Unit that made last contact, time and means used; 6. Last position report and how determined; 7. Colour and distinctive marks of the aircraft; 8. Dangerous goods carried as cargo; 9. Any action taken by the reporting office; and 10. Any other pertinent remarks. 11. Any information not available on the initial notification shall be obtained and passed prior to the declaration of the distress phase. 26.7 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish procedures to ensure that, following the notification of an emergency situation, the RCC is provided without delay, with 1. Any useful additional information; and 2. Notification when the emergency situation no longer exists however only the RCC can terminate an ALERFA or DETRESFA phase. 26.8 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish procedures to ensure, as necessary, the use of all available means to establish and maintain communication with, and surveillance of, an aircraft in a state of emergency. The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish procedures to ensure that, when a state of emergency is considered to exist, the last known position of any aircraft involved is established and recorded. Radar data shall be retained for flights involved in a state of emergency. The positions of other aircraft in the vicinity should be established to determine those most suitable to provide assistance. The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish procedures to ensure that 1. When an INCERFA or ALERFA phase is declared it shall, where practical, advise the aircraft operator prior to notifying the RCC; and 2. When a DETRESFA phase is declared, the RCC shall be notified
26.9
26.10
30
immediately, then the aircraft operator; and 3. All information notified to the RCC by the UAE ACC shall, where practical, also be communicated to the aircraft operator without delay. 26.11 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish procedures to ensure that, in the event of an ELT signals being received and immediate checks fail to identify the source of the signal, the RCC is notified via UAE ACC is notified without delay. The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish procedures to ensure that 1. When it has been established by an air traffic services unit that an aircraft is in a state of emergency, other aircraft known to be in the vicinity and which may be affected by the situation of the aircraft involved, shall be informed of the nature of the emergency as soon as practicable., and 2. When an air traffic services unit knows or believes that an aircraft is being subjected to unlawful interference, no reference shall be made in ATS air-ground communications to the nature of the emergency unless it has first been referred to in communications from the aircraft involved and it is certain that such reference will not aggravate the situation. 26.13 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish procedures to ensure that if an ATS unit becomes aware of a situation or receives information relevant to a state of emergency of an aircraft operating within a flight information region or controlled airspace not under the control of that unit, it shall confirm that that the phase declaration has been made and not assume that another ATS unit has declared the phase.
26.12
27
27.1
Flight plans
The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish procedures for the acceptance and processing of flight plans, unless this function has been allocated to a centralised flight planning office, when necessary for the provision of air traffic services including 1. A check for compliance with any prescribed flight plan format and data conventions; and 2. A check for completeness, and, to the extent practical, for accuracy; and 3. Provision for any action necessary to make the plan acceptable to ATS.
27.2
The applicant for an air traffic service certificate operating a centralised flight planning office shall ensure that the office is equipped with 1. Appropriate communication facilities, for the acceptance of flight plans from aircraft operators and any other ATS unit; and 2. Facilities for the advance filing, retention, and activation of standard or repetitive elements of flight plan information.
31
27.3
Flight plans may be filed by radio if the ATS provider has the capacity to accept such plans.
28
28.1
Time
The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish a procedure to ensure that ATS unit clocks and other time recording devices 1. Use Co-ordinated Universal Time and express that time in hours and minutes of the 24 hour day beginning at 0000 UTC; and 2. Are correct to within 5 seconds of UTC as determined by reference to a standard time station or corrected GPS time standard.
28.2
The applicant shall establish procedures to ensure that the correct time, to the nearest half minute, is provided 1. In respect of any aerodrome control service or aerodrome flight information service, to IFR aircraft prior to taxiing for take-off unless arrangements have been made for the pilot to obtain it from other sources; and 2. To any other aircraft on request.
29
29.1
Altimeter setting procedures

The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish a procedure to ensure that 1. QNH altimeter settings are in hectopascals rounded down to the nearest whole hectopascal; and 2. The appropriate aerodrome QNH altimeter setting or area QNH zone altimeter setting is provided to all aircraft on initial radio contact, including aircraft that advise having received the current applicable ATIS broadcast except where it is known that an aircraft has already received the information; and 3. ATS units provide to an aircraft on request, the current applicable aerodrome QNH altimeter setting or area QNH zone altimeter setting. Where local traffic require the altimeter setting in inches, a standard conversion is applied.
30
30.1
Radio and telephone procedures

The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish procedures to ensure that 1. The standard telephony and radiotelephony phraseology prescribed in paragraph 30.2 is used; and 2. In all radiotelephony communications, discipline is observed by transmitting only those messages that do not have an adverse effect on the provision of an air traffic service, or safety; and 3. Communications procedures are in accordance with the applicable
32
communications procedures prescribed in Annex 10 Volume II, except that a. procedures relating to callsigns for domestic use by UAE registered aircraft are those approved by the ATSP and b. an aerodrome flight information service shall use the radiotelephony callsign suffix flight service 30.2 The applicant shall establish procedures to ensure that, for the purposes of paragraph 30.1, the standard phraseology, and the circumstances in which it is used, is that published in 1. Annex 10; or 2. PANS-ATM; or 3. Document 9432. 30.3 For the purposes of paragraph 30.2, where differences occur between the stated documents, the particular phraseology shall be selected according to the order of precedence of the documents as listed.
31
31.1
ATS Surveillance services

In this rule, the use of the word surveillance includes ADS-B and Multilateration systems as well as primary and secondary radar in accordance with the provisions of PANS-ATM, chapter 8. A safety case for the introduction of ADS-B and Multilateration systems shall be presented to the ANS regulations section of the Department of Aviation Security and Infrastructure, prior to such equipment being introduced to operational service.
31.2
The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish procedures to ensure that, where radar or automatic dependent surveillance is used to support the provision of an air traffic service: 1. All surveillance separations are in accordance requirements of Appendix 1 and PANS -ATM; and with the
2. Mode A SSR code allocation shall be made by the ATC units in accordance with the ORCAM allocation procedures. 3. Full information is made available to pilots and aircraft operators on a. the nature and extent of the surveillance services provided; and b. any significant limitations regarding such surveillance services; and 4. The information displayed at individual surveillance operating positions is that required for the air traffic services to be provided, including the display of safety related alerts and warnings, where the ATS authority has determined that the facility is required; and 5. The surveillance system used shall be provided and maintained in accordance with the provisions of Subpart 5 of the Civil Aviation Rules.
33
31.3
Mode C information may be verified when the difference between reported and observed levels is 200ft or less at all levels within the Emirates FIR. If the reported level and the observed level differ by more than the criteria above, the pilot shall be asked to check the pressure setting and confirm the aircrafts level. 1. Determination of level occupancy: a. maintaining a level: An aircraft can determine to be maintaining a level when the observed level is within the tolerances, indicated above, of the assigned level; b. vacating a level: An aircraft can be considered to have vacated a level when the observed level is more than 200ft from the previously occupied level, in the anticipated direction; c. passing a level: An aircraft can be considered to have crossed a level when the observed level has passed the level by more than 200ft in the required direction.
d. reaching a level: An aircraft is considered to have reached a level to which it had been cleared when whichever is the greater of 3 sensor or display updates, or 15 seconds has passed since the level information has indicated that it is within the appropriate tolerance required in 31.3.1. 2. Departing a runway: a. the surveillance display indicates a positive rate of climb from the aerodrome elevation however Mode C information shall not be used when the display varies by more than 200ft from the aerodrome elevation during the take-off roll. 31.4 ADS-B may be used alone for separation of aircraft provided the: 1. Identification of ADS-B equipped aircraft is established and maintained; and 2. There is no requirement for detection of aircraft not transmitting ADS-B; and 3. The integrity of the ADS-B is adequate to support the separation minima; and 4. The sole use of ADS-B has been approved by the GCAA. 31.5 The display system shall provide a continuously updated presentation of the surveillance information. Position symbols may represent the raw data source of the position information, or a combined symbol. Safety related and automated coordination information shall be displayed in a clear and distinct manner to facilitate ease of recognition. Labels associated with displayed targets shall show, as a minimum, information relating to the identity of the aircraft and, if available, pressure altitude derived information in a clear and concise manner. Labels shall be associated with the aircraft symbol in a manner precluding
34
erroneous identification or confusion for the controller. 31.6 Identification shall be established prior to the provision of any surveillance service, and the pilot informed. Identification shall be maintained until the termination of the surveillance service. Identification shall be established by one of the following methods: 1. ADS-B a. direct recognition of aircraft identification in an ADS-B label; or b. transfer of ADS-B identification; or c. 2. SSR a. direct recognition of aircraft identification in a radar label; or b. transfer of identification; or c. observance of compliance with an instruction to squawk ident; or observance of compliance with an instruction to transmit ident.
d. recognition in a radar label, of an assigned discrete code which has been verified; e. observation of compliance with an instruction to set a specific code. 3. PSR a. by correlating a radar position indication with an aircraft reporting its position over, or as a bearing and distance from a point shown on the display, and by ascertaining that the track of the target is consistent with the aircrafts path or heading; or b. by correlating an observed radar position indication with an aircraft that is known to have just departed, provided that the identification is established within 1 NM of the end of the runway used, or c. by transfer of identification; or
d. after ascertaining the aircrafts heading, by instructing a pilot to change heading by 30 degrees or more for a period long enough, based on the aircrafts speed, to allow the track change to be identified and correlating the movements of a particular radar position symbol with the aircrafts acknowledged compliance with the instruction ; or e. by correlating the movements of a particular position indication with movements currently reported by an aircraft. When using methods d and e, the controller shall verify that only one radar position indication has carried out the manoeuvre, and that the aircraft will remain within coverage of both radar and the situation display. 4. Transfer of identification shall be effected by one of the following
35
means: a. automated designation of the position indication; or b. notification of the aircrafts SSR code, Mode S or ADS-B identification feature; or c. manual indication of the target where displays are adjacent or common; or
5. Designation of a position indication by reference to, or bearing and distance from a significant point or fix, together with the track of the position indication. 6. Instruction by the transferring controller to change SSR code and observation by the receiving controller of the change; or 7. Instruction by the transferring controller to squawk/ transmit ident and the observation of this response by the receiving controller. The use of methods 6 and 7 require prior coordination between the controllers. 31.7 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish procedures to ensure position information shall be passed to an aircraft receiving a surveillance service: 1. Upon identification except when identification is based upon departure, SSR, Mode S or ADS-B, or transfer of identification; or 2. When requested by the pilot; or 3. When a pilots estimate differs significantly from that estimated by the controller, based on the observed position; or 4. When the pilot is resuming own navigation after vectoring, if the vectoring has taken the aircraft off an assigned route; or 5. Immediately before the termination of an ATS surveillance service, if the aircraft is observed to deviate from its intended route. 31.8 Position information shall be passed in one of the following forms: 1. As a well known geographical position; or 2. Magnetic track and distance to a significant point, enroute or approach aid; or 3. Compass direction and distance from a known position; or 4. Distance to touchdown if on final approach; or 5. Distance and direction from the centreline of an ATS route.
32
32.1
Aircraft emergencies and irregular operations

The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish procedures to ensure maximum assistance and priority is given to an aircraft known, or believed to be, in a state of emergency. The applicant shall, where appropriate, establish procedures in accordance with PANS-ATM, to assist strayed aircraft, unidentified aircraft, and aircraft subject to military interception.
32.2
36
32.3
In communications between ATS units and aircraft in the event of an emergency, Human Factors principles, as shown in ICAO Document 9683, should be observed.
33
33.1
Accident, Incident and Occurrence Reporting

The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish procedures for 1. The notification, investigation, and reporting of incidents in accordance with CAR Part VIII subpart 4 Appendix 4; and 2. The forwarding of facility malfunction reports required by CAR Part VIII, subpart 4 to the applicable aeronautical telecommunication service certificate holder.
33.2
The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish procedures regarding an accident, serious incident or occurrence to: 1. Determine if any air navigation facilities have contributed to the event; and 2. Ensure immediate action is taken to a. warn other aircraft that may be using or intending to use the facilities; and b. advise the operator of the facility of the occurrence, and that the facility may be implicated; and c. assist the operator of the facility with the prompt promulgation of any decision to withdraw the equipment from service; and
3. Ensure that any facility identified in paragraph 33.2.1 is not used in the provision of separation to IFR aircraft until cleared for use by the relevant holder of an aeronautical telecommunications service certificate issued under CAR Part VIII, subpart 5.
34
34.1
Records
The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish systems and procedures to identify, collect, store, secure, maintain, access, and dispose of, records necessary for 1. The operational provision of air traffic services; and 2. The purpose of assisting with any accident or incident investigation. 3. The ongoing SMS improvement process. 4. Low visibility operations where applicable
34.2
Where applicable, the records shall include electronic recordings of 1. Telephone communications; and 2. Radio broadcasts and communications; and 3. Air - ground or ground ground digital data exchanges; and
37
4. Radar data and information; and 5. Automatic dependent surveillance data and information; and 6. Any other communication or surveillance system, and 7. Any electronic means of providing situational awareness such as electronic flight strips. 34.3 The records shall include1. Filed flight plans including standard and repetitive plans; and 2. Flight progress strips; and 3. Appropriate meteorological and aeronautical information, except where the information is retained for an equivalent period by a meteorological or AIS organisation; and 4. Staff duty rosters; and 5. ATS logs and position logs; and 6. A record of each internal audit report, corrective action, preventive action and management review required by paragraph 39.17. The record shall detail the activities reviewed and any necessary followup corrective and preventive actions; and 7. Unit occurrence investigation records. 34.4 The applicant shall establish systems and procedures to ensure that electronic records required by paragraph 34.2 1. Include time recording, correct to 5 seconds of UTC, as determined by reference to a standard time station or GPS time standard; and 2. Replicate the voice communications, and, if applicable, the surveillance picture, applying at the particular operating position. 34.5 The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish systems and procedures to ensure that all records, except where replication is required by paragraph 34.4.2, are of sufficient clarity to convey the required information. The applicant shall establish procedures to ensure that the records referred to in paragraph 34.2 and 34.3 are retained for 31 days from the date of entry, except for 1. Staff duty rosters; and 2. Written records associated with the requirements of paragraph 37.1.1 and 37.1.2; and 3. ATS logs, which shall be retained for 3 years, and 4. Unit occurrence investigation records, which shall be retained for a period of not less than 5 years. 34.7 Records shall be made available to the Authority when requested.
34.6
38
35
35.1
Logs and position logs

The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish procedures to ensure that a log is kept at each ATS unit, and, where a unit has physically separate operations areas, at each such location within the unit. The procedure shall ensure that 1. The log is maintained by the senior person on duty, or the person on watch at a nominated operating position; and 2. The log is maintained throughout the hours of watch of the ATS unit or operations room; and 3. If a logbook is used, the pages are sequentially numbered, all entries are; a. in chronological order, include the time of entry; and b. are in ink; and without erasure, defacement, or obliteration; and c. corrected by drawing a single line through the erroneous information and initialling the correction; and
35.2
4. When an Operational Log is in an electronic format, measures shall be taken to ensure that all entries made in the log are traceable and protected. The electronic format shall not permit entries to be subsequently altered or tampered with in any way; and 5. Actual times of opening and closing watch are recorded in the log, together with the reason for every variation from published hours of service; and 6. Reviewed by the unit chief daily to note all significant entries. 35.3 The applicant shall establish procedures to ensure the keeping of an operating position log, when such information is not available in the logbook required by paragraph 35.1 The procedure shall ensure that the contains sufficient information to identify 1. When that position was in operation; and 2. The services being provided from that position; and 3. The identity of the individual providing the service. operating position log
35.4
36
36.1
Security
The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall prepare an ATS security programme. Each ATS security programme shall specify the physical security requirements, practices and procedures to be followed for the purposes of minimising the risk of destruction of, damage to, or interference with the operation of any ATS unit operated by the applicant where such destruction, damage or interference is likely to endanger the safety of aircraft.
36.2
39
36.3
Without limiting the generality of paragraph 36.2, the security programme shall specify such physical security requirements, practices and procedures as may be necessary 1. To ensure that entrances to permanent ATS facilities operated by the applicant are subject to positive access control at all times, so as to prevent unauthorised entry; and 2. To monitor unattended permanent ATS buildings to ensure that any intrusion or interference is detected; and 3. To protect personnel on duty; and 4. To be followed in the event of a bomb threat or other threat of violence against an ATS unit.
37
37.1
Service disruptions
The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish procedures, in addition to any reporting requirements in CAR Part VIII, Appendix 4 to 1. Advise the Authority of any planned disruption to the provision of air traffic services that could have an impact on safety; and 2. Investigate any unplanned disruption to the provision of air traffic services; and 3. Report to the Authority, within 48 hours of the occurrence, the circumstances surrounding any unplanned disruption to air traffic services when the disruption affected, or could have affected, the safety of air traffic.
37.2
Disruptions reportable under paragraph 37.1 shall include, but are not limited to, any 1. Failure to open watch within 15 minutes of the promulgated opening time; and 2. Any interruption, of greater than 10 minutes, to the normal provision of an air traffic service; and 3. Curtailment of watch, by greater than 30 minutes, from the promulgated off watch time.
38
38.1
Safety Management System (SMS) requirements

The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish a safety management system acceptable to the GCAA that, as a minimum 1. Identifies safety hazards, 2. Ensures that remedial action necessary to maintain an acceptable level of safety is implemented, 3. Provides for continuous monitoring and regular assessment of the safety level achieved, and 4. Aims to make continuous improvements to the overall level of safety. A safety management system shall clearly define lines of safety
40
accountability throughout the ATS organisation, including a direct responsibility for safety on the part of senior management. For compliance requirements refer to CAR Part X, Safety Management Systems (SMS) Regulations. 38.2 An ATS service provider shall ensure that any significant change to the ATS system, including but not limited to proposed amendments to separation minima, operational equipment or procedures, ATS sectorisation, coordination procedures and hours of duty shall be subject to a safety assessment, indicating that an acceptable level of safety shall be met, prior to implementation. User consultation shall form part of the safety assessment. The safety assessment shall be presented to, and accepted by, the ANS Regulation section of the Aviation Security and Infrastructure Department of the GCAA prior to implementation of the change. 38.3 An ATS service provider shall, as part of their SMS, establish target levels of safety/key performance indicators for at least the following safety areas: 1. Runway incursions by aircraft, vehicles or personnel, 2. Loss of separation, 3. Level busts, where ATC action was a causal factor, and 4. Outages of Navigation Aids, Power Supplies and Communication Equipment during ATC Operational hours.
39
39.1
Quality Assurance System (QAS) Requirements

The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish an internal quality assurance system (QAS) to ensure compliance with, and the adequacy of, the procedures required by these Regulations and the relevant chapter under which certification is sought. The QAS shall, include 1. A quality assurance policy and procedures that are relevant to the applicants organisational goals and the expectations and needs of its customers; and 2. Procedures to ensure that aeronautical data at any moment is traceable to its origin so as to allow any data anomalies or errors, detected during production/maintenance phases or in operational use, to be corrected; and 3. Procedures to ensure quality indicators relevant to the service being provided, including but not limited to, samples of radio and telephone records, defect and incident reports, and personnel and customer feedback, are monitored to identify existing problems or potential causes of problems within the system; and 4. A procedure for corrective action to ensure existing problems that have been identified within the system are corrected; and 5. A procedure for preventive action to ensure that potential causes of problems that have been identified within the system are remedied; and
41
6. An internal quality audit programme to audit the applicants organisation for conformity with its quality assurance system; and 7. Management review procedures to ensure the continuing suitability and effectiveness of the internal quality assurance system in satisfying the requirements of this Part.
40
40.1
Trials
The Authority may, upon application in writing from the holder of an air traffic service certificate, approve, subject to such conditions on that approval as the Authority considers necessary in the interests of aviation safety, the conduct of trials regarding 1. Reduced separation minima; or 2. New operating procedures or routes; or 3. Standard phraseology; or 4. ATS surveillance procedures, or 5. Data link procedures. The application shall include a safety assessment in accordance with ICAO PANS-ATM, chapter 2 and ICAO Document 9859.
40.2
A trial may be approved by the Authority for a single period of no longer than 6 months, and upon further application in writing by the certificate holder, be extended by the Authority for a single period of no longer than 3 months. A trial approved under this rule may be terminated by the Authority at any time.
40.3
41
41.1
Denial of ATC clearance

The holder of an air traffic service certificate in respect of an aerodrome control service shall not deny the pilot of an aircraft an ATC clearance on the basis of non payment of charges owed to the certificate holder unless 1. The aircraft is on the ground; and 2. That clearance is for entry onto the manoeuvring area.
41.2
The certificate holder shall continue to provide normal ATC service for any aircraft entering the manoeuvring area without an ATC clearance.
42
42.1
Suspension of VFR operations

The holder of an air traffic service certificate for an approach control service or aerodrome control service may, when appropriate for safety reasons, suspend any or all controlled VFR operations within a control zone.
43
43.1
Organisation exposition
The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall provide the Authority
42
with an exposition containing 1. A statement signed by the Head of ATS on behalf of the applicants organisation confirming that the exposition and any included manuals 2. Define the organisation and demonstrate its means and methods for ensuring ongoing compliance with this and any other applicable Part; and 3. Are required to be complied with by its personnel at all times; and 4. A statement signed by the Head of ATS on behalf of the applicants organisation confirming that: a. the organisation has sufficient financial strength to provide the services contained within the organisations exposition; and b. the organisation has sufficient liability and insurance cover to meet any claims that could be made relating to the services contained within the organisations exposition; and 5. The titles and names of the person or persons required by paragraphs 4.1.1 to 4.1.4 inclusive; and 6. The duties and responsibilities of the person or persons specified in paragraph 43.1.3 , including matters for which they have responsibility to deal directly with the Authority on behalf of the organisation; and 7. An organisation chart showing lines of responsibility of the persons specified in paragraph 43.1.3, and extending to each location listed under paragraph 43.1. 6.a; and 8. In the case of an organisation providing air traffic services from more than one ATS unit, a table listing a. locations of ATS units; and b. the aerodrome or airspace being serviced; and c. the services provided; and
9. Details of the applicants staffing structure for each ATS unit; and 10. A document matrix detailing where the requirements of paragraphs 4 to 42 are contained within the organisations operational manuals. 11. Procedures to control, amend and distribute the exposition. 43.2 The applicants exposition must be acceptable to the Authority.
44
44.1
ATS Operations Manual

The applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall provide an ATS operations manual containing the following: 1. The procedures required by paragraph 4.2 regarding the competency, qualifications, maintenance of current operating practice, and medical fitness of personnel; and 2. The procedures required by paragraph 5 regarding the training and
43
assessment of ATS personnel, and regarding the qualifications of ATS training personnel; and 3. The procedures paragraph 6; and regarding shift administration required by
4. A description of the display systems to be used in meeting the requirements of paragraphs 7.2.5.a and 7.3.3.a; and 5. The information required by paragraph 8 regarding hours of service, the establishment of an air traffic service, and any transitional arrangements; and 6. The procedures required by paragraph 9: and 7. The contingency plan required by paragraph 10; and 8. The procedures required by paragraph 11 regarding coordination requirements; and 9. The procedures required by paragraph 12 regarding the notification of facility status; and 10. The procedures required by paragraph 13 regarding the receipt of information requirements; and 11. The procedures required by paragraph 14 regarding meteorological information and reporting; and 12. Where applicable, the procedures required by paragraph 15 regarding the provision of area control and approach control services; and 13. Where applicable, the procedures required by paragraph 16 regarding the provision of aerodrome control service; and 14. The procedures required by paragraph 17 regarding the separation of controlled flights and special use airspace; and 15. The procedures required by paragraph 18 regarding responsibility for control; and 16. Where applicable, the procedures required by paragraph 19 regarding the application of priorities; and 17. Where applicable, the procedures required by paragraph 20 regarding flow control; and 18. The procedures required by paragraph 21 regarding ATC clearances; and 19. The procedures required by paragraph 22 regarding deviations from an ATC clearance; and 20. The procedures required by paragraph 23 regarding the allocation of cruising levels; and 21. The procedures required by paragraph 24 regarding the provision of flight information service; and 22. Where applicable, the procedures required by paragraph 25 regarding the provision of aerodrome flight information service; and 23. The procedures required by paragraph 26 regarding the provision of alerting service; and
44
24. The procedures required by paragraph 27 regarding the processing of flight plans; and 25. The procedures required by paragraph 28 regarding time; and 26. The altimeter setting procedures required by paragraph 29; and 27. The radio and telephone procedures required by paragraph 30; and 28. The procedures required by paragraph 31 regarding the provision of surveillance services; and 29. The procedures required by paragraph 32 regarding aircraft emergencies and irregular operations; and 30. The procedures required by paragraph 33 regarding actions following an air safety incident or accident; and 31. The procedures required by paragraph 34 regarding the gathering and management of records; and 32. The procedures required by paragraph 35 regarding the keeping of logbooks and position logs; and 33. Details of the programme required by paragraph 36 regarding security arrangements; and 34. The procedures required by paragraph 37 regarding disruption to service; and 35. The procedures and programmes required by paragraph 38 regarding the safety management system. 36. The procedures and programmes required by paragraph 39 regarding quality assurance. 44.2 The applicants manual must be acceptable to the Authority.
45
45.1
Changes to certificate holders organisation

The holder of an air traffic service certificate shall ensure that the holders exposition is amended so as to remain a current description of the holders organisation and services. The holder of an air traffic service certificate shall ensure that any amendment to the holders exposition Meets the applicable requirements of this Part; and Complies with the amendment procedures contained in the holders exposition.
45.2
45.3
The holder of an air traffic service certificate shall provide the Authority with a copy of each amendment to the holders exposition as soon as practicable after its incorporation into the exposition, except that, for the holders operational manual or manuals, the holder shall forward to the Authority A copy of each amendment, at least 15 working days in advance of the effective date; or An amendment of an urgent or immediate nature, without delay, and no
45
later than the date on which it is effective. 45.4 If the holder of an air traffic service certificate proposes to make any change to any of the following, prior notification to and acceptance by the Authority is required 1. The Head of ATS; or 2. The listed person/s; or 3. Any aspect of air traffic management that may have an adverse impact on air traffic services provided by a State responsible for adjacent airspace. 45.5 The Authority may specify conditions under which the holder of an air traffic service certificate may operate during or following any of the changes specified in paragraph 45.4, and the holder shall comply with any conditions specified. If any of the changes referred to in this rule require an amendment to the certificate, the holder of the air traffic service certificate shall forward the certificate to the Authority as soon as practicable. The holder of an air traffic service certificate shall make amendments to the holders exposition as the Authority considers necessary in the interests of aviation safety.
45.6
45.7
46
46.1
Withdrawal or transfer of service

The holder of an air traffic service certificate who wishes to permanently withdraw or significantly reduce the hours of operation of an air traffic service shall give the Authority at least 90 days notice of the proposal and include in that notice a summary of factors considered in arriving at the decision to withdraw the service. The holder of an air traffic service certificate who is the outgoing provider of an air traffic service shall not hinder the preparation and execution of the transitional arrangements required by paragraph 8.2.
46.2
47
47.1
Transition
Not withstanding the requirements of paragraph 3.3.1 of this Subpart, an ATS provider providing an air traffic service at the date this Rule Subpart comes into force, may continue to provide the same service/s until 31 October 2010, by which time a certificate required by this Subpart will be required.
46
CAR PART VIII Subpart 4, ATS Appendix 1
Appendix 1: Separation criteria and minima 1.1

1.1.1
General
Separation criteria shall be those contained in ICAO PANS-ATM and Regional Supplementary Procedures supplemented by the paragraphs below. Other separation minima may be established by the Authority following consultation with operators and adjacent ATS Authorities, where the separation is required close to a common boundary, following a safety assessment and proposal by the ATS provider. Except as provided in paragraph 22 and Appendix 1.1.2, the procedures required by paragraph 15.1.2 shall specify that vertical, horizontal or composite separation shall be provided between 1. All flights in class A and B airspace; and 2. IFR flights in class C, D, and E airspace; and 3. IFR flights and VFR flights in class C airspace; and 4. IFR flights and special VFR flights in classes B, C and D airspace; and 5. Special VFR flights in classes B, C and D airspace when the flight visibility is reported to be less that 5 km.
1.1.2
In class D or E airspace, the ATC separation required by paragraph 15.2 does not apply to an IFR flight if the pilot has been cleared to maintain own separation from other IFR flights. The clearance shall not be issued unless 1. The clearance is in response to a specific request from the pilot of the aircraft; and 2. The flight is during the day and visual meteorological conditions apply; and 3. A radar control service is not available; and 4. The clearance is for a specific portion of the flight, at or below 10,000ft; and 5. The pilots of all flights that will be essential traffic agree with the application of the procedure; and 6. Essential traffic information is passed to the pilots of all affected flights; and 7. The flights concerned are on the same ATC frequency.
1.2
1.2.1
Separation involving military aircraft

The separation criteria and minima prescribed in these rules shall be applied to military aircraft unless there is written agreement between the ATS provider, the Authority and the UAE Defence Force, or a military agency of a foreign state, authorising the use of reduced military separation when it is
1. Between military aircraft; and 2. Agreed to by the pilots of the aircraft involved; and 3. In accordance with the written agreement. Essential traffic information shall be passed to affected controlled flights whenever ATC is aware of Code Red operations.
1.3
1.3.1
Formation flights
Separation need not be applied between individual aircraft in formation flight when 1. Prior notice of the flight has been given to ATC ; or 2. The flight consists of an aircraft in distress and its escort.
1.4
1.4.1
Separation from active special use airspace

When applying the separation required in paragraph 15, the minimum separation shall be 1. When aircraft within the active special use airspace may be operating in IMC a. 1000 feet vertical separation up to FL 290; or b. 2000 feet vertical separation above FL 290; or c. 5nm radar separation; or
2. When aircraft operating within the special use airspace are operating in VMC a. 500 feet vertical separation up to FL 290; or b. 1000 feet vertical separation above FL 290; or c. 5nm radar separation; or
3. Achieved by the use of minima or procedures designed by a procedure design organisation and approved by the Authority.
Area and approach separation criteria 1.5

1.5.1
Longitudinal separation by time

When separating aircraft that are on the same track, and on opposite sides of an NDB, VOR or VORTAC, at which both aircraft are required to report, 5 minutes minimum separation may be applied, provided 1. One aircraft is in level flight and the other aircraft is climbing or descending to achieve vertical separation; and 2. The preceding aircraft has passed the applicable aid by at least 5 minutes; and 3. Confirmation is obtained from the following aircraft that it has not yet reached the applicable aid.
1.6
1.6.1
Longitudinal separation by distance

Separation may be established or maintained between aircraft using GNSS derived distance in lieu of DME derived distance, or one aircraft using GNSS and the other using DME, provided that both aircraft are using the same DME station, same GNSS waypoint or when the GNSS waypoint and DME station are collocated. GNSS based distance is acceptable from either GNSS stand alone equipment or an integrated navigation system incorporating GNSS Separation is assured by obtaining frequent, and immediately consecutive, distance readings from both aircraft.
1.6.2
A minimum separation of 10nm may be applied 1. When changing from longitudinal to vertical separation, where the following aircraft is instructed to reach a vertical separation level 10nm prior to the last distance report of the preceding aircraft ; or 2. When separating an aircraft beyond, and flying away from a DME arc, from an aircraft on the arc, using the same DME.
1.7
1.7.1
Lateral separation
Lateral separation may only be applied according to the criteria and minima contained in PANS-ATM, chapter 5 or where approved by the holder of a flight procedure design certificate issued by the Authority.
Radar separation 1.8

1.8.1
Radar separation from an unidentified controlled flight

A minimum radar separation of 5nm may be applied between an identified aircraft and an unidentified controlled flight entering or about to enter radar coverage, in accordance with the provisions of PANS-ATM, chapter 8, paragraph 8.7.2.8. Radar separation may be applied between a previously identified aircraft which has since passed out of radar cover, and a following identified aircraft, provided the following aircraft can achieve the appropriate vertical separation at least 5nm before the position at which the preceding aircraft passed out of radar cover. Radar separation may be applied between aircraft on reciprocal tracks, when an identified aircraft is at least 5nm past the position at which a previously identified aircraft passed out of radar cover. A minimum radar separation of 5nm may be applied between identified aircraft and the cleared route of an unidentified controlled VFR flight. Except when transfer of control is to be effected, aircraft shall not be
1.8.2
1.8.3
1.8.4
1.8.5
vectored closer than 2.5 NM or, where the minimum permissible separation is greater than 5 NM, a distance equivalent to one-half of the prescribed separation minimum, from the limit of the airspace for which the controller is responsible, unless formal arrangements have been made with adjacent units or sectors to ensure that separation will exist with aircraft operating in adjoining areas.
1.9
1.9.1
Radar separation from holding aircraft

In airspace where the radar separation minima is 5nm or less, a minimum of 5nm shall be applied between an identified aircraft that is not holding, and other identified aircraft that are holding notwithstanding that individual identity of the holding aircraft may be lost. In airspace with a higher radar separation minima, that minima shall be used between holding and non holding aircraft.
1.10
1.10.1
Radar separation for aircraft on reciprocal tracks

Reciprocal tracks are as defined in PANS ATM 5.4.2.1.5 (b) and Figure 5.7. Where confirmation has been obtained from radar derived information that aircraft on reciprocal tracks have passed, there is no requirement to ensure that minimum radar separation exists before reducing minimum vertical separation provided that: 1. Both aircraft are properly identified; and 2. Radar label leader lines for both tracks are not crossed; and 3. The distance between the position symbols is increasing; and 4. The position symbols are not touching or overlapping.
Aerodrome separation criteria 1.11

1.11.1
Separation of successive IFR departures

Not withstanding wake turbulence requirements, a following IFR aircraft may be cleared for take-off when 1. Its initial departure track differs by at least 30 degrees from the departure track of the leading aircraft, and visual observation by the aerodrome controller confirms that the leading aircraft a. has turned to clear the departure track of the following aircraft; or b. has reached a point where appropriate separation will exist from the following aircraft; or 2. The initial track differs by at least 20 degrees from the departure track of the leading aircraft; and a. radar identification will be established within 1nm from the departure end of the runway used for take-off; and b. the leading aircraft is 1nm ahead of the following aircraft, and confirmed by visual or radar observation as having
turned to clear the departure track of the following aircraft.
1.12
1.12.1
Reduced runway separation

The Authority may authorise reduced separation between aircraft using the same runway in accordance with the requirements of PANS-ATM, chapter 7, paragraph 7.11. The ATS provider shall carry out a safety assessment which shall form part of the application to the authority for reduced separation approval.
1.13
1.13.1
Operation on parallel runways

The Authority may authorise same direction parallel runway VFR operations by day where runways are spaced closer than specified in Annex 14, volume 1 provided 1. The aerodrome control provider and the aerodrome operator are the same, or there is written agreement between them regarding the operation; and 2. The visibility is at least 5 km; and 3. Neither runway is adversely affected by contaminants; and 4. Both aircraft are in two-way communication with aerodrome control; and 5. Pertinent traffic information is issued; and 6. The adjacent runway edges are clearly defined; and 7. One of the following applies a. the adjacent edges of the two runways are not less than 165 metres apart; or b. both aircraft have an MCTOW of 7000kg or less, and the adjacent edges of the two runways are not less than 120 metres apart; or c. both aircraft have an MCTOW of 5700kg or less, and the adjacent edges of the two runways are not less than 90 metres apart; or
d. both aircraft have an MCTOW of 2000kg or less, and the adjacent edges of the two runways are not less than 60 metres apart. The ATS provider shall carry out a safety assessment which shall form part of the application to the authority for reduced separation approval.
1.14
1.14.1
Helicopter operations
The runway separations required by paragraph 16.1.3 may be waived or varied to take account of the particular operating characteristics of helicopters, provided safety is not jeopardised.
1.15
1.15.1
Wake turbulence separation

A specific pilot request for a waiver from any wake turbulence separation may be granted provided 1. The air traffic controller does not prompt, instigate or invite a pilot to request a waiver from wake turbulence separation; and 2. When the other aircraft is an ICAO heavy category, or B757 aircraft, the air traffic controller reminds the pilot requesting the waiver of the category or type of the other aircraft.
1.16
1.16.1
Composite visual separation

An aerodrome controller may apply a composite of geographical and visual separation, provided instructions are issued as necessary to maintain adequate separation, between 1. An aircraft continuously in sight of the aerodrome controller, and within 10nm of the aerodrome; and 2. An aircraft not in sight of the controller, but whose current position has been determined by radar or pilot position report.
CAR Part VIII Subpart 4, ATS Appendix 2
Appendix 2: ATS Training 2.1

2.1.1
ATC Course Approvals

ATS Providers shall apply to the Authority, for individual course approvals for any UAE ATC Controller or UAE ATC student, who is proposed to attend a course leading to the issue of the following, related to the UAE Licensing requirements; 1. OJT Permit to conduct training towards the issue of an ATC Rating, 2. Air Traffic Services Instructor (ATSI) Endorsement; 3. OJT Instructor Endorsement; 4. Examiner Endorsement; Note: The Authority does not approve colleges or types of courses. Instead, individual courses are approved based upon submitted information and, where applicable, inspection by the Authority.
2.1.2
Costs associated with the Authoritys approval of courses shall be met in advance by the applicant. Training courses for ATS personnel shall take due regard of Human Factors requirements, as contained in ICAO Document 9683, Part 1 Chapter 5, and Part 2, chapter 1, in the training of ATS staff. ATS Providers or Colleges requesting an approval of an ATC course shall submit the following information to the Authority for review prior to commencing the course: 1. Rating or qualification being addressed by the course; 2. Syllabus; 3. Instructors including CVs; 4. Facilities and equipment; 5. Students; and 6. Course schedule; 7. For courses leading to ATC Ratings requiring simulation details, the following details shall be provided: a. minimum number of simulation exercises planned per student; and b. simulation exercise duration; and 8. Statement from the ATS Provider or college providing the course confirming that all simulation exercises shall be conducted with 1 simulation instructor teaching, monitoring and assessing a maximum of 1 student; 9. Details of UAE students on the course; 10. Details of non-UAE students on the course; 11. Statements from the ATS Provider or college providing the course confirming the following; a. in order to attain the course certificate, the student shall attain a pass level in all theoretical examinations, and 1
2.1.3
2.1.4
simulation mastery assessments given during the course; b. on successful completion of the course the student shall be provided with an individual final course certificate; c. the student shall be provided with a final course reports indicating areas of weaknesses and strengths, the level of achievement attained, and number of simulation exercises completed; and
d. any amendment to the course provisions, including instructor change or reduction to the syllabus content, which may affect the quality of the instruction, shall be notified to the Authority for review. 2.1.5 The minimum pass grade for each subject examination shall be 70 per cent. The trainee shall pass all subject examinations appropriate to the ATC course to be eligible to successfully pass the overall course. A student who fails a written, oral or practical examination may apply for retesting in the failed part/s providing sufficient additional instruction has been given to the student prior to the re-testing. The minimum pass grade for re-examination in theoretical parts shall be eighty five per cent (85%). Only one re-examination for failed parts shall be permitted. Failing a re-examination shall result in failure of the course as a whole.
2.1.6
2.2
2.2.1
Approved Unit Training and Assessment Plans.

Units shall develop Approved Unit Training and Assessment Plans (AUTPs) that will satisfy the licensing requirements, for all ATC training conducted within the unit. ATS Providers shall submit their draft AUTP to the Authority for approval. An AUTP shall adhere to Minimum Experience Requirements as described in Appendix 2.9. An AUTP shall include procedures for an Assessment of Previous Competence. An AUTP shall include the target training times and assessment schemes for Certificates of Competence examinations towards issue of first or subsequent ratings. An AUTP shall indicate the amount of training, if any, that will be conducted on a simulator. The Authority or the unit may require an examination board to conduct any Certificate of Competence examination. An examination board shall consist of an Inspector of ATS and an ATC Examiner, or at the discretion of the Authority a Rating Examiner and an ATC Examiner. Units developing an AUTP should consult the Authority during the development stage. An AUTP shall include the following: 1. A description of the duties and qualification of the personnel designated as responsible for planning, performing and supervising the training. 2. Detailed descriptions of the courses approved by the Authority for conduct at the unit.
3. Detailed descriptions of the competency assessment process. 4. A description of the method used for the completion and retention of training records.
2.3
2.3.1
Air Traffic Control Examiners

Examinations for the issue of Certificates of Competence for first or subsequent ratings shall be carried out by a holder of a UAE ATC Licence with a valid ATC Examiner endorsement, issued by the Authority. Examinations for the renewal of Certificates of Competence, including reissues following suspensions or lapses of validations of less than 12 months, shall be carried out by a holder of a UAE ATC Licence with a valid ATC Examiner, or valid Local Competence Examiner endorsement, issued by the Authority. ATC Examiners and Local Competency Examiners shall only conduct examinations for sectors or operational positions for which they currently hold, and have held for a period of two years, a valid Certificate of Competence, except where, in extenuating circumstances, an appropriately rated OJTI is responsible during the examination, for a sector or position for which the Examiner does not hold a Certificate of Competence.
2.3.2
2.3.3
The lead examiner conducting the Certificate of Competence assessment shall take accountability for the assessment result, which is indicated by the examiner signing the Certificate of Competence Certificate. ATC Examiners and Local Competence Examiners shall conduct a minimum of two Certificate of Competence examinations every 12 months. Examiners who do not meet this requirement shall be required to conduct one Certificate of Competence examination under the supervision of an ATC Examiner, before conducting further examinations. Inspectors of ATS and Rating Examiners shall be appointed by the Authority. ATS Providers shall apply to the Authority for an adequate number of ATC Examiner and Local Competence Examiner endorsements through the application process in the ATC Licence Application Manual. On transferring to another ATC unit an ATC Examiner or Local Competence Examiner endorsement shall become invalid. An examiner who is responsible for the conduct of a Certificate of Competence examination shall ensure: 1. That the candidate is fully briefed on: a. the schedule for the examination and its constituent parts; b. the persons involved and their roles in the examination; c. the right to appeal in respect of the conduct of the examination.
2. That the candidate and those involved in the examinations are appropriately licensed; 3. That, during the theoretical element of the examination, the written and oral questions conform to the guidance in Appendix 2.10.19; 4. That the candidate is fully debriefed following the examination with, if appropriate, the reasons for failure; and
5. That the necessary licensing documentation is completed.
2.4
2.4.1
Air Traffic Control Instructors

Operational training of student air traffic controllers and air traffic controllers, for a specific ATC Rating Position, shall only be conducted by a holder of a UAE ATC Licence appropriately issued with a valid OJTI endorsement and current Certificate of Competence for that specific ATC Rating Position. ATS Providers shall apply to the Authority for an adequate number of Onthe-Job Training Instructors and ATSI endorsements through the application process in the ATC Licence Application Manual. ATS Providers shall have procedures in place to ensure that trainee air traffic controllers or air traffic controllers providing air traffic control services under supervision hold a valid OJT Trainee Permit with a valid medical certificate.
2.4.2
2.4.3
Controllers who are approved to instruct trainees shall meet the following criteria: 1. For operational and simulator training, the controller shall hold a valid On-the-Job Training Instructor endorsement having met the requirements stated in Appendix 3.8.4.6 and Appendix 3.8.10 2. For classroom training the controller shall hold a valid ATS Instructor endorsement having met the requirements stated in Appendix 3.8.4.5. Note: In exceptional circumstances where a controller cannot fulfil the OJTI requirements, the Authority, based upon a substantiated application, may approve a temporary relaxation of requirements.
2.4.4
The ATC unit chief or the Operational Training Officer shall be responsible for: 1. The effective management of the OJTI scheme including the allocation of OJTIs to trainees and ensuring that individual training records are maintained; and 2. Monitoring the instructional performance of OJTIs and classroom instructors at the unit for continued performance.
2.4.5
The OJTI supervising a trainee providing an ATC service is responsible to closely monitor the trainee and shall take control if a reduction in separation has occurred, appears to be imminent or if any safety hazard becomes apparent. OJTIs shall be assessed by either an ATC Examiner or a Local Competence Examiner for competence and suitability relative to their endorsement at intervals not exceeding 12 months. On transfer to another ATC unit, an OJTI endorsement shall become invalid.
2.4.6
2.4.7
2.5
2.5.1
Assessment of previous competence at ATC units

Assessments of previous competence shall be carried out when: 1. Controllers wishing to commence On-the-Job training toward
the issue of subsequent ratings, have not exercised the privileges of a particular rating for more than 5 years; or 2. Where an ATC licence holder has previously completed substantial common elements of a course syllabus towards gaining a particular rating; or 3. Where a trainee or controller has not commenced On-the-Job training for a rating within 12 months of having completed an approved ATC course relative to that rating or, who having commenced On-the-Job training ceases that training for a period exceeding 12 months. 4. The 12 month limitation period referred to in Appendix 2.5.1.3 may be relaxed to an extent determined by the Authority provided that the trainee or controller: a. has completed more than one approved ATC course of training associated with ratings, relevant to the unit, prior to commencing On-the-Job training towards the grant of an Air Traffic Controller Licence; and b. shall commence On-the-Job training in at least one rating discipline within the 12 month period; and c. shall follow a training scheme where the ratings associated with the ATC courses will be gained at the same unit.
2.5.2
The assessment of previous competence will be based on the controllers experience, the period of time elapsed since the controller exercised the privilege of the particular rating and the relevance of duties performed in the intervening period, or the period of time which has elapsed since a trainee completing an ATC course. The assessment is carried out to determine the amount of refresher training required to achieve a level of competence similar to that achieved through recently passing an approved course of training. The Authority, or the person(s) to which responsibility for this evaluation has been delegated, will decide on the requirement for refresher training. The Authority may require to witness or to supplement the assessment of previous competence with an additional assessment.
2.6
2.6.1
Training Records
Detailed training records shall be retained by the training organisation to show that all AUTP and CAR licensing requirements have been met. Training organisations shall maintain a system for recording the qualifications, training and assessment of instructional and examining staff. Training records shall be retained by the controllers ATC unit for 2 years after the completion of the training or until the controller ceases employment at an ATS unit, whichever is longer. Training records for controllers holding OJTI or Examiner endorsements shall be retained for a minimum period of 2 years after the controller ceases to perform the function for the training organisation or ceases employment at an ATS unit. Training Records shall be signed by the trainee and the OJTI.
2.7
2.7.1
Continuation Training Requirements

Continuation training (CT) shall comprise of emergency continuation training (ECT) and operationally significant items based on the particular unit or organisation. These may include, but are not limited to: new procedures, airspace changes, pending equipment introduction, reviewing both local and overseas incident and accident reports as a basis for evaluating both the organisations procedures and individual practices in similar situations. Simulation exercises and question and answer sessions are acceptable types of continuation training. CT may be unit or organisation specific. CT shall be carried out annually and shall be recorded in the staff members training record. As part of the initial issue or annual renewal of a Certificate of Competence, a controller shall be required to successfully complete an approved course of Emergency Continuation Training, consisting of a minimum of four hours training, at least once in the 12 months prior to the Certificate of Competence examination date. Units shall provide at least four hours of ECT per controller for each 12 month period.
2.7.2
Emergency Continuation Training (ECT) refers to approved courses of training for Air Traffic Controllers in the handling of aircraft subject to emergencies. Such courses shall be comprehensive in covering all aspects of the handling of aircraft subject to emergencies, relevant to the rating/s held by the controller. Emergency Continuation Training courses offered by ATC Units and ATC colleges shall be submitted to the Authority for approval. Emergency Continuation Training may be conducted as part of an associated rating course, or as a separate course. ATC Units should consult with Airline and General Aviation operators, as often as possible, to determine specific operator requirements that may impact on the handling of aircraft subject to emergencies. These requirements should be incorporated into ECT course content. A holder of an Air Traffic Controller Licence shall not be entitled to exercise the privileges of a rating contained in that licence unless the holder has demonstrated competence in the handling of aircraft subject to emergencies.
2.7.3
ECT for Aerodrome Control ratings shall contain a requirement for the controller to interact with live emergency services for the purpose of passing emergency messages and ensuring the controller can direct emergency vehicles to an accident site. The exercise need not require a full operational turn out, but should involve at least one emergency vehicle. ECT courses shall include the following: 1. Sufficient instruction with regard to Aircraft types, structures and systems to enable controllers to understand information provided by pilots which may have a bearing on the handling of emergencies; 2. A comprehensive range of emergency situations for the aircraft
types and phases of flight handled by the unit; 3. Unexpected occurrences, and ATC errors, requiring avoiding action and the passing of traffic information, to prevent losses of separation, or to re-establish separation; 4. Failures of ATC equipment; 5. Interaction with emergency services; and 6. Human Factors principles in relation to communication between ATS units and aircraft subject to emergencies. 7. ECT shall be related to the type of service provided by the unit and controller and, where possible, components of the training shall be carried out in a simulator.
2.8
2.8.1
English Language Proficiency Training

ATS Providers are recommended to provide aviation English proficiency language training to air traffic control assistants. ATS Providers are strongly advised to provide regular refresher aviation English language proficiency training for air traffic control trainees and air traffic controllers who have demonstrated an English language proficiency level of less than Expert Level (Level 6). Air traffic control trainees and air traffic controllers who have demonstrated an English language proficiency level of less than the minimum required Operational Level (Level 4), shall be required to complete an appropriate refresher course of aviation English language proficiency training, approved by the Authority, prior to being considered for reassessment by an approved formal aviation English language proficiency test. Details of the proposed refresher course shall be forwarded to the Authority for approval prior to conducting the course. The refresher course shall be focused on the areas of weakness demonstrated in the previous language assessment and shall be of sufficient duration, so as to allow the person to received adequate instruction. On satisfactory completion of the course the results shall be forwarded to the Authority with the application request for re-assessment.
2.8.2
2.9
2.9.1
Minimum Experience Requirements

Minimum Experience Requirement (MER) is defined as a minimum period of training under supervision, stated in Valid Training Days, required for a trainee to complete prior to being assessed for competence towards the grant of a rating. A valid training day is defined as a training shift comprised of a minimum of four hours of on-position training. Traffic density category is a High / Medium / Low, category determined by the Authority for each ATC unit based on the units traffic volume and density. Training hours shall be recorded in the training summary report and a copy of the report shall be submitted to the Authority as evidence of having met the MER for a licence or rating application.
2.9.2
The Minimum Experience Requirement for the issue of a Certificate of Competence in a Rating not previously held is based on the:
1. Type of rating; 2. Traffic Density Categorisation of the unit; and 3. Trainees previous experience in other ratings. Note: 2.9.3 Types of ratings are defined in Appendix 3.8.2
Before a trainee or air traffic controller is issued a Certificate of Competence leading to a grant of a Rating not previously held, he shall be required to complete: 1. The Minimum Experience Requirement (MER) as detailed in 2..9; or an AUTP; and 2. The requirements for the issue of a Certificate of Competence as detailed in Appendix 2.10.2.
2.9.4
A trainees Minimum Experience Requirement towards the issue of a Certificate of Competence for a Rating not previously held for a particular operational position is stated in net Valid Training Days (shifts) and is tabulated below:
MER (shifts) Area / Area Radar Approach Radar Tower/Approach
High 150 150 150
Medium N/A 100 100
Low N/A 50 50
Note: Except in exceptional circumstances, the Authority will not accept more than five valid shifts during a seven-day period or seven valid shifts during a ten-day period. 2.9.5 No reduction in the Minimum Experience Requirement shall be allowed for a trainee with no previous rating experience. For a controller with previous experience in a different rating the Minimum Experience Requirement may be reduced by up to one half (50%) of the values tabulated above, provided: 1. The previous rating has been exercised within 90 days of commencing OJT for the new rating; and 2. The previous rating has been exercised for not less than one year on full-time operational duties; and 3. The new rating is in the same or lower Traffic Density Category as the previous rating; and 4. Area / Area Radar trainees have previous Approach Radar experience. 2.9.7 Before an air traffic controller is granted a Certificate of Competence for a rating previously held, as accepted under Appendix 3.4.4.2 he shall be required to complete: 1. The Minimum Experience Requirement (MER) as detailed in Appendix 2.9.8; or
2.9.6
2. An AUTP; and 3. The requirements for the issue of a Certificate of Competence as detailed in Appendix 2.10.2 2.9.8 The Minimum Experience Requirement for the issue of a Certificate of Competence in a Rating previously held is based on the type of rating and the Traffic Density Categorisation of the unit. Note: Conditions for acceptance of previous experience are as detailed in Appendix 3.4.4.2. 2.9.9 A controllers Minimum Experience Requirement towards the issue of a Certificate of Competence for a Rating previously held for a particular operational position is stated in net valid training days (shifts) and is as tabulated below:
MER (shifts) Area / Area Radar Approach Radar Tower/Approach
High 40 40 40
Medium N/A 25 25
Low N/A 15 15
Note: Except in exceptional circumstances, the Authority will not accept more than five valid shifts during a seven-day period or seven valid shifts during a ten-day period. 2.9.10 For a controller with previous experience the Minimum Experience Requirement may be reduced by substitution of up to 50% simulator training time, provided the simulation presents a valid representation of the airspace, traffic pattern, and operational environment in which the Certificate of Competence is sought. Training hours shall be logged and a training summary report submitted to the Authority with the licence or rating application as evidence of having met the MER.
2.9.11
2.10
2.10.1
Competence of Air Traffic Controllers

ATS Providers shall ensure that the Air Traffic Control service being provided at a unit is being conducted in accordance with the requirements of CAR Part VIII, Subpart 4 and maintained at a satisfactory level by issuing and renewing Certificates of Competence in accordance with the instructions in this section. A Certificate of Competence denotes that the holder has been certified by an approved examiner as being competent to provide an unsupervised air traffic control service at a specific operational position. A Certificate of Competence certifies that the holder has successfully completed: 1. Practical, written and oral examinations relevant to the operational position; 2. An approved course of Emergency Continuation Training within the previous 12 months (for initial and annual renewals only);
2.10.2
and 3. A Tape Review of live voice and radar data. (For renewals only.) 2.10.3 A current Certificate of Competence shall: 1. Be held for each ATC control position on which a controller provides an unsupervised ATC service; Note 1 2. Only be issued to a controller who has demonstrated satisfactory competence in accordance with the examination, ECT and Tape Review requirements of this section; 3. Be valid for 12 months after the end of the Gregorian calendar month during which the certificate is issued subject to the controller maintaining the currency requirements of this section; 4. Act as a provisional licence for the specific rating and ATC control position for a period of 30 days from the date of issue. Note 2 Note 1: A single Certificate of Competence may be issued for multiple ATC control positions for which the controller has been assessed as competent to exercise the privileges of the ratings. All relevant ATC control positions shall be clearly defined on the Certificate of Competence. Note 2: This is to allow time for the issue or update of the holders Air Traffic Controller Licence. 2.10.4 A Certificate of Competence shall be signed by the examiner authorised by the Authority, who conducted the Certificate of Competence examination, and the controller who was assessed. The unit shall forward a copy of each Certificate of Competence to the GCAA ATC Licensing Section within 5 working days. A record of the current Certificate of Competence shall be included in the holders ATC Licence. 2.10.5 Examinations for the issue of a Certificate of Competence shall only be conducted by an authorised ATC examiner. Examinations for the renewal of a Certificate of Competence, or the re-issue or reinstatement following lapses of validation or suspension of a Certificate of Competence, shall be conducted by an authorised ATC Examiner or Local Competency Examiner. The ATS unit or Authority may require Certificate of Competence examinations to be carried out by an examination board. An examination board shall comprise of an Inspector of ATS and an ATC Examiner, or at the discretion of the Authority, a Rating Examiner and an ATC Examiner. A Certificate of Competence shall automatically expire on the last day of the Gregorian calendar month during which the licence holder reaches the age of 65 years. As part of the Certificate of Competence renewal requirements, not including a Certificate of Competence required after remedial training, a controller shall be required to undergo a Tape Review of live voice and radar data related to the ratings for which competency is being evaluated, within the previous 12 month period. A written assessment of the Annual Tape Review shall be signed by both 10
2.10.6
2.10.7
2.10.8
2.10.9
the examiner and the controller and filed by the unit in the controllers licence records. 2.10.10 During an annual Tape Review, which shall encompass all voice and radar data related to the ratings for which competence is being evaluated, controllers shall be given the opportunity to monitor their own live recordings. The primary objectives of the tape are to allow the controller to listen to the quality of the his speech including speed of delivery and clarity, and compliance with the requirement to use ICAO standardised phraseology in all situations for which it has been specified. Only when standardised phraseology cannot serve an intended transmission shall plain English be used in a clear and concise manner. While controllers shall be informed of the requirement for these reviews, they shall not be advised of the periods being evaluated prior to the review. Tape Reviews shall be conducted by an authorised ATC Examiner or Local Competency Examiner in the presence of the controller being assessed. Prior to conducting an examination for the renewal of a Certificate of Competence, the examiner shall require evidence that the controller has completed a Tape Review within the previous 12 month period. 2.10.11 Before a Certificate of Competence is issued or renewed a controller shall demonstrate satisfactory competence in the following areas by completing a Certificate of Competence examination. 1. Satisfactory knowledge in the following subjects: a. air law b. air traffic control equipment, c. general aviation knowledge,
d. human performance factors relevant to Air Traffic Control including handling of an aircraft in an emergency. e. English language proficiency including standard ICAO phraseology, f. meteorology,
g. navigation, h. ICAO Standards and Recommended Practices including those in Doc 4444, i. local ATS unit operational procedures.
2. Satisfactorily demonstrate compliance with the following areas: a. the use ICAO standardised phraseology in all situations for which it has been specified. Only when standardised phraseology cannot serve an intended transmission, plain English language shall be used. b. correctly adhering to ICAO Standards and Recommended Practises including those required in ICAO Doc 4444, 3. Correctly complying with local ATS Unit operational procedures. 2.10.12 Prior to conducting an examination for the issue or renewal of a Certificate of Competence, not including a Certificate of Competence required after remedial training, the examiner shall require evidence that the controller has completed an ECT course within the previous 12 month period.
11
2.10.13
Before a candidate is examined for the issue of Certificate of Competence, the ATS provider shall ensure that the candidate has met the Minimum Experience Requirements as required in Appendix 2.9, or completed an AUTP. The above requirements do not apply to Certificate of Competence renewals or re-issues following lapses of validation or suspensions. A Certificate of Competence examination shall consist of: 1. A practical examination at the operational position or sector where a controller will be exercising the privileges of a rating; 2. A written examination paper to be completed within the same duty cycle as the practical examination, preferably on the same day; and 3. An oral examination to be conducted after the completion and review of the written examination paper.
2.10.14
The duration of the practical examination shall depend on the traffic situation at the time and shall not be less than one hour. A representative level of traffic intensity and complexity for that unit must be observed during the examination. Where the traffic requirements are not met the examination shall be rescheduled. The examiner may also require the candidate to demonstrate the handling of a simulated emergency, a communications exercise, or a practice call out of the Airport Rescue and Fire Fighting Service. During the practical examination, an examiner should sit adjacent to the controller to observe any radar or data display being used and to monitor the RTF and telephones. If there are overriding operational reasons, an examiner may assess a controller from a remote position. It is important in these circumstances that the controller is advised of the situation.
2.10.15
2.10.16
2.10.17
Following a practical examination, the examiner shall de-brief the controller and appraise him of his performance. In circumstances where the traffic requirements Appendix 2.10.14 cannot be met, it may not be possible to complete a renewal prior to the expiry date of a Certificate of Competence. In such circumstances, the Authority may, at its discretion, grant an extension to the current Certificate of Competence, to allow the controller to continue to exercise the privileges of his licence until a further practical examination can be conducted. The written examination shall normally last between 45 and 60 minutes. It shall consist of: 1. Questions from: a. local ATS instructions; b. current supplementary instructions; c. temporary operating instructions operational documentation; and other relevant
2.10.18
2.10.19
d. relevant parts of CAR Part VIII, Subpart 4; e. relevant parts of Annexes 2, 11 and Doc 4444; and
12
f.
relevant NOTAMs and AICs.
2. Questions relating to the practical examination; 3. Questions relating to the operational aspects of equipment used at the relevant operational position; and 4. Scenario type questions relating to: a. the use of operational procedures not seen during the practical examination; and b. handling of aircraft in emergencies. 2.10.20 The oral examination shall follow the written examination and normally last about 30 minutes. It shall consist of: 1. Topics not covered examinations; and during the practical and written
2. Areas identified in the written examination where the candidates knowledge is seen to be deficient or a wider understanding needs to be confirmed. 2.10.21 The written and oral examination pass mark for trainees and controllers shall be seventy per cent (70%). The written and oral examination pass mark for licence holders with endorsements as OJT Instructors, Local Competence Examiners, and ATC Examiners, shall be eighty five per cent (85%). Licence holders of these categories achieving 70-84% may retain their Certificates of Competence, but shall have the appropriate endorsements revoked. The written and oral examination pass mark for retaken examinations shall be eighty five per cent (85%) The written and oral examinations shall be conducted under supervision without reference to any document, maps, charts or any other material except where specified by the examiner. 2.10.22 A candidate failing an examination for the issue of a Certificate of Competence shall be required to successfully complete an additional period of training before being permitted to retake the Certificate of Competence examination. In such a case, the ATS Provider in consultation with the Authority shall agree on the minimum additional training required. A maximum of three examinations for the issue of a Certificate of Competence shall be allowed. If the examiner is not satisfied that the controller is competent, he will immediately inform the controller concerned. Notwithstanding that a previous Certificate of Competence has not expired, the controller must not continue to exercise the privileges of the particular rating or ratings for which he has been found not competent. Records of examinations, tests and tape reviews shall be maintained on a file for each controller at the appropriate ATC unit. Such records shall be retained for a period of five years after the controller has ceased operational duties. Training records shall be provided to the Authority when so requested. 2.10.26 As part of the Certificate of Competence requirements, a controller shall be required to successfully complete an approved course of Emergency Continuation Training as per section 8, at least once in every 12 month 13
2.10.23
2.10.24
2.10.25
period, evidence of which shall be provided to the examiner prior to an examination for the issue or renewal of a Certificate of Competence. Prior to conducting an examination for the issue or renewal of a Certificate of Competence, the examiner shall require evidence that the controller has completed an ECT course within the previous 12 month period
2.11
2.11.1
Failure to Maintain Currency

If during the period between annual competence checks, the ATS Provider becomes aware that the competence of a controller is in doubt, the controller shall be removed from duty, his Certificate of Competence shall be withdrawn and the Authority advised. A controller whose Certificate of Competence has been withdrawn shall not provide an air traffic control service associated with that rating except under the supervision of an appropriately qualified air traffic controller. Excluding cases where a Controllers Certificate of Competence has been withdrawn following an occurrence investigation, he may continue to provide an unsupervised service for the ratings in which he remains competent. A controller whose Certificate of Competence has been withdrawn shall be required to undergo a period of training under supervision and successfully complete a Certificate of Competence examination before a Certificate of Competence is re-issued. The period of training under supervision shall be agreed on by the ATS unit and the Authority, and is a minimum period, which shall be extended in cases where a controllers ability to safely and professionally exercise the privileges of a particular rating is in doubt. If following the agreed period of retraining the controller is assessed as not competent, the Authority will amend the controllers licence which may result in revocation of the Air Traffic Controller Licence or any of its associated ratings. may elect to suspend or permanently revoke the controllers ATC Licence. Controllers who have had their licences suspended or permanently revoked shall forward their licences to the Authority.
2.11.2
2.11.3
2.11.4
2.11.5
2.11.6
14
Appendix 3: Air Traffic Control Licensing 3.1

3.1.1
Introduction
The United Arab Emirates, as a member of the International Civil Aviation Organisation and signatory to the Chicago Convention complies, as far as is practicable, with the standards published in the Annexes to the Convention on International Civil Aviation. The Civil Aviation Law, as supplemented by Law Number Four of 1996, empowers the General Civil Aviation Authority (GCAA) to implement the Chicago Convention and this appendix is the Authoritys implementation of those parts of Annex 1, Licensing of Personnel, which relate to the licensing of air traffic controllers. The Licensing and Aeromedical Department of the GCAA is responsible for the licensing of air traffic controllers within the UAE. The UAE licensing procedures differ from the ICAO recommendations in the following respects: There is no precision approach radar rating in the UAE; UAE approach and approach radar ratings relate to the provision of an air traffic control service from an air traffic service unit to aircraft operating within 40 nautical miles from the aerodrome traffic zones of the aerodrome(s) served by the applicable unit; The UAE has introduced an area control centre rating which relates to the provision of air traffic control services from an area control centre. This rating combines the ICAO area control and area radar control ratings.
3.2
3.2.1
Applicability
The ATC licensing regulations as set out in this appendix are subject to the general rules regarding applicability as detailed in Subpart 1 to CAR VIII and are issued under the provisions of Articles 26 and 38 of the Civil Aviation Law. Where this appendix refers to the Authority, it means the UAE General Civil Aviation Authoritys Directorate of Security and Infrastructure. Where this document refers to the ATS Provider, it means the ATS Provider or his appointed representative(s). References to the masculine apply equally to the feminine.
3.2.2
A person who wishes to act as a civilian air traffic controller in the United Arab Emirates shall be required to hold a valid Air Traffic Controller Licence issued by the General Civil Aviation Authority. A person who provides an air traffic control service under supervision, towards the grant of an Air Traffic Controller Licence or an additional first or subsequent rating, shall be required to hold an On-the-Job Trainee Permit under the requirements of 3.4.1. By a valid licence the Authority means one that is sound and sufficient in law.
3.3
3.3.1
Licensing Application Procedure

Applications for On the Job Trainee Permits, ATC licences, ratings and endorsements shall be made in accordance with the relevant requirements contained within the GCAA ATC Licence Application Manual. 1
Correspondence and enquiries regarding any of the requirements in this document, or general queries about ATC licensing, shall be directed to the Licensing and Aeromedical Department of the GCAA. The administration fees listed in the GCAA ATC Licence Application Manual exclude any costs associated with the evaluation of individuals or groups of persons applying for UAE Air Traffic Controller Licences with reference to Appendix 3.4.3.3 and 3.4.4.2 The manager of the ATC unit where the applicant will conduct the operational training shall be responsible for making the licensing applications for the applicant. By signing the application the manager accepts accountability that the operational training and assessment of the applicant shall be compliant with the CAR ATC training and licensing requirements. 3.3.2 Applicants shall allow at least 10 working days for the issue, renewal or replacement of Air Traffic Controller Licences. It is the applicants responsibility to ensure that renewal applications, where required, are submitted at least 14 days prior to the expiry date. A person whose licence has been lost or destroyed shall obtain a temporary copy from the Authority. This document shall be carried as proof of the licence holders status until the Air Traffic Controller Licence has been reissued. 3.3.3 All applications for permits and licences shall be subject to the applicant holding a current medical certificate as per Appendix 3.10. Prior to arranging an applicants medical examination, the ATC unit shall complete a GCAA application as per instructions in the Licensing Application Manual. Once registration is complete, the unit shall arrange a booking for the ATC medical examination, with an approved Aero Medical Examiner from the list provided by GCAA. An Air Traffic Controller Licence is valid for a period of two years and will expire on the last day of the Gregorian month. Air Traffic Controller Licenses expire on the last day of the Gregorian month during which the holder reaches the age of 65 years.
3.3.4
3.4
3.4.1
OJT Training permits

A person who provides an air traffic control service under supervision, towards the grant of an Air Traffic Controller Licence or an additional first or subsequent rating, shall be required to hold an On-the-Job Trainee Permit under the requirements of this part. To be granted an On-the-Job Trainee Permit, the applicant shall satisfy the appropriate requirements for age, knowledge, experience, competence, skill, linguistic ability and physical and mental fitness as detailed in this section of the regulations. Furthermore, the applicant shall only exercise the privileges of the On-theJob Trainee Permit at an air traffic service unit subject to the United Arab Emirates Civil Aviation Regulations.
3.4.2
3.4.3
Before the Authority will grant an On-the-Job Trainee Permit to a person not holding a GCAA Air Traffic Controller Licence, it will require the applicant to meet the following requirements: 1. Be not greater than 65 years of age on application date; and 2. Satisfactorily complete an air traffic control course approved by the
Authority for the applicable rating for which the trainee will undergo OJT; or 3. Have acted as a certified civil air traffic controller performing full time operational duties for a minimum period of 3 years, in the applicable rating the trainee will undergo OJT, at a civil air traffic facility under the jurisdiction of an authority, whose ATC licensing system has been deemed by the Authority as meeting the requirements laid down in these regulations; and 4. Demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Authority, through a test acceptable to Authority, the ability to speak and understand the English language used for radiotelephony communications to the level specified in the ICAO language proficiency requirements in Appendix 3.9 and 5. Hold a current Class 3 Medical Certificate. 3.4.4 Before the Authority will grant an On-the-Job Trainee Permit to a person holding a GCAA Air Traffic Controller Licence, it will require the applicant to meet the following requirements: 1. Successfully complete an approved ATC course of training appropriate to additional rating/s required, or 2. Have acted as a certified civil air traffic controller performing full time operational duties for a minimum period of 3 years, in the applicable rating the trainee will undergo OJT, at a civil air traffic facility under the jurisdiction of an authority, whose ATC licensing system has been deemed by the Authority as meeting the requirements laid down in these regulations. 3.4.5 Applicants seeking issue of ratings with reference to Appendices 3.4.3.3 and 3.4.4.2 shall: 1. Provide copies of their Air traffic Controller Licences; and 2. If required by the Authority, submit themselves for assessment for previous competence by an examiner approved by the Authority; and 3. Undertake and complete that part of an approved course of training which the examiner has determined is necessary and for which it has obtained approval from the Authority. 3.4.6 The Authority will, at its discretion and subject to an evaluation of training plans and facilities, ATC systems, airspace structure, operating procedures, applied standards, safety management systems and general service level, identify States and ATC units, from whom civil ATC credentials will be accepted to meet the requirements of Appendices 3.4.3.3 and 3.4.4.2. Such evaluation will only be undertaken on the basis of a detailed application and all costs shall be borne by the applicant. 3.4.7 The ATS provider shall provide the following evidence for the issue of an On-the-Job Training Permit: 1. Proof of the applicants age; 2. Certification that the applicant has successfully completed an approved ATC course; or 3. Certification that the applicant has met the previous requirements stated in paragraphs 3.4.3.3 and 3.4.4.2; and 4. Certification that the applicant has demonstrated at least the
minimum operational English Proficiency level. 3.4.8 It is the responsibility of the On-the-Job Trainee to ensure that his permit is valid, in that it is a current permit for the applicable function and contains a current medical certificate. The supervising controller will remain responsible at all times for the safety of the air traffic control service that the trainee is providing under his supervision. An On-the-Job Trainees Permit shall not be extended beyond a total duration of 13 months. In cases where training has been interrupted due to exceptional circumstances, the Authority may at its discretion renew, extend or re-issue an On-the-Job Training Permit.
3.4.9
3.4.10
3.5
3.5.1
ATC Licences
A person who wishes to act as an air traffic controller in the United Arab Emirates shall be required to hold a valid Air Traffic Controller Licence issued by the General Civil Aviation Authority. To be granted an ATC Licence, the applicant shall satisfy the appropriate requirements for age, knowledge, experience, competence, skill, linguistic ability and physical and mental fitness as detailed in this section of the regulations. Furthermore, the applicant shall only exercise the privileges of the ATC Licence at an air traffic service unit subject to the United Arab Emirates Civil Aviation Regulations.
3.5.2
3.5.3
An applicant for initial issue of an Air Traffic Controller Licence shall meet the following requirements: 1. Be not less than 21 years of age and not greater than 65 years of age on application date; and 2. Demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Authority, the ability to speak and understand the English language, used for radiotelephony communications, to the level specified in the ICAO language proficiency requirements in Attachment 1; and 3. Meet the applicable Minimum Experience Requirements (MER) for the entry qualifications, rating and unit as detailed in Appendix 2.9 and 4. Be assessed as being competent (as defined in Appendix 2.9), to provide a specific category of air traffic control service at a particular air traffic services unit (ATSU) or sector; and; 5. Hold a current Class 3 Medical Certificate from an approved Aero Medical Examiner.
3.5.4
The ATS provider shall provide the following evidence for the issue of an Air Traffic Controller Licence: 1. Certification that the applicant has successfully completed the AUTP; or 2. Certification that the applicant has met the Minimum Experience Requirement (MER); and 3. A valid Certificate of Competence.
3.6
3.6.1
Required Knowledge, Skills and Experience

The knowledge required to be demonstrated by an air traffic controller or an air traffic control trainee, shall be at an appropriate standard for a holder of an Air Traffic Controller Licence, and include at least the following subjects: 1. Air Law; 2. Air Traffic Control Equipment; 3. General Aviation Knowledge; 4. Human Performance relevant to Air Traffic Control; 5. English Language Proficiency; 6. Meteorology; 7. Navigation; and 8. Air Traffic Control Operational Procedures.
3.6.2
The experience required shall include: 1. Experience gained while controlling under the supervision of a suitably qualified air traffic controller for a required minimum period of time, known as the Minimum Experience Requirement (MER), before a Certificate of Competence is issued for a rating; or 2. Experience gained while training in accordance with an approved ATS unit training and assessment plan (AUTP); or 3. Experience previously gained by controllers from other States holding licences accepted by the Authority as detailed in Appendices 3.4.3.3 and 3.4.4.2.
3.6.3
The skill and competence required shall be demonstrated by: 1. Successful completion of an approved ATC training course; and 2. Being assessed as competent (as defined in Appendix 2.9), to provide a specific category of air traffic control service at a particular air traffic services unit (ATSU) or sector.
3.6.4 3.6.5
The English language proficiency requirements are defined in Appendix 3.9 The physical and mental fitness requirements shall be met by passing a Class 3 Medical examination. Licensing and Aeromedical Department of the General Civil Aviation Authority is responsible for the issue of Air Traffic Controller Licences. The Authority may grant a licence subject to such conditions as deemed appropriate to a person to act as an Air Traffic Controller, or as On-the-Job Trainee, upon being satisfied that the applicant is a fit person to hold the licence and is qualified by reasons of knowledge, experience, competence, skills, physical and mental fitness, and attitude to so act. For that purpose the applicant shall, at his expense, furnish such evidence and undergo such training, examinations and tests (including medical examinations) as the Authority may require. Military licences are not recognised under the provisions of Appendices 3.4.3.3 and 3.4.4.2).
3.6.6
3.7
3.7.1
Licence, Permit and Certificate Maintenance and Return

An Air Traffic Control Licence is issued and renewed for a period of 2 years. For an Air Traffic Controller to take responsibility of an ATC operational position he shall: 1. Hold a current ATC Licence for the relevant ATC rating; 2. Hold a valid Certificate of Competence for the relevant ATC rating and the ATC control position; 3. Hold a valid Class III Medical Certificate; 4. Advise the ATS Provider of any conditions or limitations applicable to his Air Traffic Control Licence or Medical Certificate.
3.7.2
For an Air Traffic Controller to hold a valid ATC Endorsement he shall hold a current Air Traffic Control Licence. Non operational controllers holding a valid ATC endorsement are not required to hold a valid Certificate of Competence or a valid Class III Medical Certificate.
3.7.3
A holder of an Air Traffic Controller Licence shall not be entitled to exercise the privileges of a rating contained in that licence unless he holds a current Certificate of Competence specific to the unit / sector / equipment at, and with the aid of, which the air traffic control service is to be provided. For the Air Traffic Controller Licence to remain current the holder shall advise the ATS Provider of any conditions or limitations applicable to his Air Traffic Controller Licence including any conditions or limitations to his Medical certificate which may affect the controllers or competence or ability to perform his air traffic control duties safely and efficiently. Note: Controllers are reminded that it is their responsibility, as Air Traffic Controller Licence holders, to ensure compliance with the requirements stated in Appendix 3.7.4
3.7.4
3.7.5
A controller who does not exercise the privileges of a rating, for which a Certificate of Competence has been issued, for a period likely to impair his performance through lack of routine, shall not exercise the privileges of the rating in question until an agreed period of training under supervision has been completed. To remain current the controller shall perform the minimum number of hours of operational duty, as listed below, during the previous calendar month: 1. 12 hours for a controller holding currency in one rating discipline, including one or more ATC control positions classified as a group sector, related to that rating discipline; or 2. 12 hours for a controller holding currency in more than one rating discipline, where the rating disciplines are normally combined during low traffic periods; or 3. 8 hours for each rating discipline held, for controllers holding currency in more than one rating discipline, where the rating disciplines are not normally combined; or 4. 8 hours for each group sector held in one rating discipline, for controllers holding currency in more than one group sector.
3.7.6
These minimum total duty periods shall be conducted on ATC control positions appropriate to the rating and be performed without supervision and without OJTI duties. A Group sector is a combination of ATC control positions related to one ATC rating discipline, which are treated as a single sector rating, in regard to a Certificate of Competence. The minimum hour rule above and the associated remedial measures stipulated in Appendices 3.7.7 and 3.7.8 represent the minimum direct exposure to handling of air traffic necessary to maintain adequate routine. Individual needs for practice may be higher, owing to local conditions, personal traits, variability in traffic etc. The rules formulated to strike a balance between the need for frequent practice and ease of administration and application do not relieve the controller from duty of care with respect to personal performance. 3.7.7 For controllers failing to satisfy the requirement stipulated in Appendix 3.7.6, competence may be ascertained by the following methods; 1. An OJT Instructor during an OJTI Check lasting not less than two hours under traffic conditions permitting an evaluation of performance, at the discretion of the ATS Provider, restricted to only once in a 12 month period taken from the last Certificate of Competence assessment; or 2. By a Certificate of Competence assessment conducted by an approved examiner, including practical, written and oral assessment components. 3.7.8 An OJTI Check, as required in Appendix 3.7.7 shall cease to be valid unless consolidated by a minimum of 12 hours total operational duty in the relevant ATC control position or group sector, during the 15 calendar days subsequent to the check. The ATS provider shall contact the Authority to determine the amount of training required for cases not covered by Appendices 3.7.6, 3.7.7, and 3.7.8 or where doubt exist as to the proficiency status of the air traffic controller concerned. Notwithstanding the alternative (remedial) actions detailed in Appendix 3.7.7, the Authority may require a full Certificate of Competence examination. 3.7.10 The validity of a Certificate of Competence shall lapse after a controller fails to exercise the operational privileges of an ATC rating for a period greater than 90 days, or after failing to satisfy the means of compliance in Appendices 3.7.6, 3.7.7 and 3.7.8. Controllers failing to meet the requirements detailed above shall inform the ATS provider and the Authority that his competence has lapsed. 3.7.11 Where a Certificate of Competence ceases to be valid for one rating, a controller may continue to exercise the privileges of any other rating for which he holds a valid Certificate of Competence. Active simulator practice (not instructional duties) may substitute up to 50 per cent of the minimum operational hours required. Simulator hours which are credited towards minimum operational duty requirements, shall only include exercises which accurately represent the airspace, traffic pattern, and operational environment of the operational position for which the hours are credited.
3.7.9
3.7.12
3.7.13
Air Traffic Controller Licences, On-the-Job Trainee Permits, Certificates of Competence and Medical Certificates shall be signed by the holder and filed in the ATS units Licensing section. The ATS Provider shall retain ATC Licenses and Medical Certificates and have a process in place to monitor the renewal and currency requirements for each Licence and Medical Certificate. An Air Traffic Controller Licence is not required by persons who pass instructions or advise on behalf of a controller by the use of radiotelephony (RTF) or telecommunication lines. An ATS unit which wishes to utilize such persons shall: 1. Submit proposal/s to the Authority for approval; and 2. Such proposals shall indicate the types of messages that will be passed and the safety implications of using such a procedure; and 3. Submit training and assessments plans to ensure that those who will pass instructions and/or advice on the controllers behalf are competent to do so and are assessed annually to ensure they remain competent; and 4. Ensure that adequate staff resources are provided to ensure that such operational staff are provided with suitable breaks during work shifts, with work periods not exceeding 10 hours and a minimum of 10 hours break being provided between working shifts.
3.7.14
3.7.15
3.7.16
An Air Traffic Control Licence, complete with the Certificates of Competence and the Medical Certificate shall be returned to the ANS Regulations section of the Department of Aviation Security and Infrastructure when the holder ceases operational duties permanently. Upon request from the licence holder the Authority may return the licence to the holder.
3.8
3.8.1
Air Traffic Controller Ratings and Endorsements

Ratings of the classes outlined below may be included in an Air Traffic Controller Licence subject to the provisions of these Regulations. The inclusion of a rating in a licence shall confer the privileges as set out below. The following ratings, indicating the type of air traffic control service, which the holder is authorised to provide, may be included in an Air Traffic Controller Licence: 1. Aerodrome Control The Aerodrome Control rating shall entitle the holder of a licence, at any aerodrome for which the rating is valid, to provide an aerodrome control service. 2. Approach Control The Approach Control rating shall entitle the holder of a licence, at aerodrome(s) for which the rating is valid to provide an approach control service within designated airspace up to 40 nautical miles distant from the applicable aerodrome traffic zone(s), but not with any type of radar equipment for which a radar control rating is required. 3. Approach Radar Control 8
3.8.2
An Approach Radar Control rating shall entitle the holder of a licence at aerodrome(s) for which the rating is valid to provide an approach control service within designated airspace up to 40 nautical miles distant from the applicable aerodrome traffic zone(s) with the aid of surveillance radar equipment for which the rating is valid. 4. Area Control Centre Area Control Centre rating shall entitle the holder of a licence to provide area control service within designated airspace, with and without the aid of radar equipment. 3.8.3 A controller who has not exercised the privileges of a rating for a period of more than three years, who wishes to commence training towards the issue of a Certificate of Competence in that rating, shall be required to demonstrate that he is competent to commence training under supervision. To this end the Authority may require a controller to submit himself to such examinations and tests (including medical examinations) and to furnish such evidence of his knowledge, experience, competence and skill and undergo such courses of training as the Authority may require. A controllers suitability to commence training shall be assessed by the ATC unit at which he will commence On-the-Job training. The ATC unit shall advise the Authority if the controller has been assessed as suitable to commence training, prior to applying for an On-the-Job Trainee Permit. The level of competence to be demonstrated shall be equivalent to that expected of a trainee having passed an approved course of training, prior to commencing On-the-Job training. 3.8.4 Endorsements: 1. Inspector of ATS The Inspector of ATS endorsement shall entitle the holder of a licence to carry out appropriate activities authorised by the Authority including, but not limited to, leading inspections and audits of ATS units, conducting ATC examinations and leading examination boards. 2. Rating Examiner The Rating Examiner endorsement shall entitle the holder of a licence to conduct ATC college examinations and lead examination boards. 3. ATC Examiner The ATC Examiner endorsement shall entitle the holder of a licence to conduct examinations for the issue and renewal of Certificates of Competence, at operational positions or sectors on which the holder is currently competent. 4. Local Competence Examiner (LCE) The LCE endorsement shall entitle the holder of a licence to conduct examinations for the renewal of Certificates of Competence, including re-issues following lapses of validation of less than 12 months or suspensions at operational positions or sectors on which the holder is currently competent. 5. ATS Instructor The ATS Instructor endorsement shall entitle the holder of a licence to conduct classroom training for air traffic controllers and trainees at an ATC unit. 6. OJT Instructor 9
The OJT Instructor endorsement shall entitle the holder of a licence to conduct On-the-Job training at operational positions or sectors on which the holder is currently competent. 3.8.5 The holder of a licence which includes ratings of two or more of the classes specified above shall not at one time perform the functions specified in respect of more than one of those ratings except at ATS units where the Authority has determined that this can be achieved safely for the following ratings: 1. The aerodrome control rating and approach control rating; or 2. The approach control rating and the approach radar control rating. 3.8.6 ATS providers shall ensure that the validation of ratings are conducted by an appropriate examiner approved by the Authority whose endorsement is recorded in his Air Traffic Controller Licence. An air traffic controller may be endorsed as a Rating Examiner at the discretion of the Authority, providing he has held an ATC Examiner endorsement. An air traffic controller may be endorsed as an ATC Examiner at the discretion of the Authority, providing: 1. He currently holds a Local Competency Examiner endorsement which has been held for at least one year; 2. He holds and maintains Certificates of Competence for the sectors or operational positions for which examinations will be conducted; and 3. He has conducted at least two initial of subsequent Certificate of Competence examinations under the supervision of an ATC Examiner. Note: The one year requirement in 3.8.8.1 may be reduced by the Authority after consideration of previous suitable ATC control and examination experience and following a submission from the ATS provider. 3.8.9 An air traffic controller may be endorsed as a Local Competency Examiner at the discretion of the Authority providing: 1. He has at least five years full time operational ATC experience in the rating for which the examinations will be conducted; and 2. He maintains and has held for a minimum period of two years, Certificates of Competence for the sectors or operational positions for which examinations will be conducted; and 3. He currently holds an OJTI endorsement, which has been held for at least one year, at the unit for which the examinations will be conducted; and 4. He has completed an approved examiners course; and 5. He has conducted at least two Certificate of Competence renewal examinations under the supervision of an ATC Examiner. Note: The time requirement in 3.8.9.2 and 3.8.9.3 may be reduced by the Authority after consideration of previous suitable ATC control and examination experience and following a submission from the ATS provider. 3.8.10 An air traffic controller may be endorsed as an On-the-Job Training Instructor (OJTI), at the discretion of the Authority, providing:
3.8.7
3.8.8
10
1. He has at least four years full time operational experience in the rating for which instruction will be conducted; and 2. He maintains, and has held for a minimum period of one year, Certificates of Competence for the sectors or operational positions for which instruction will be conducted; and 3. He has completed an approved OJTI course; and 4. He has completed unit-specific training on the conduct of the AUTP scheme (if applicable). 3.8.11 An air traffic controller may be endorsed as an ATS Instructor, at the discretion of the Authority, providing: 1. He has successfully completed a course in instructional techniques; and 2. He has satisfied the ATC unit chief of his competence to carry out classroom instruction. 3.8.12 The ATS provider shall provide the following evidence for the issue of a rating: 1. Certification that the applicant has successfully completed an approved ATC course for the applicable rating; or 2. Evidence that the applicant has acted as a certified civil air traffic controller performing full time operational duties for a minimum period of 3 years, in the applicable rating, at a civil air traffic facility under the jurisdiction of an authority, whose ATC licensing system has been deemed by the Authority as meeting the requirements laid down in these regulations; and 3. Certification that the applicant has met the Minimum Experience Requirements (MER) associated with that rating; or 4. Certification that the applicant has successfully completed the AUTP associated with that rating; and 5. A valid Certificate of Competence for the applicable rating. 3.8.13 Where the aerodrome control function is divided into specialist operational positions, a controller must normally be competent on all positions, before a Certificate of Competence relating to the Aerodrome Control rating will be issued. Specialist operational positions in aerodrome control refers to ground movement, aerodrome controller, planner etc. Units should seek advice from the Authority to determine if their controllers are required to hold both an approach control rating and an approach radar control rating. 3.8.14 At units where radar is the primary controlling aid, controllers may not be required to hold a separate non-radar rating provided that: 1. Radar derived information is continuously available during the notified period of the provision of a radar control service; and 2. The unit is staffed to ensure that a radar control service is available during the notified period of the provision of a radar control service; and 3. Contingency measures and the procedures to be used in the event of a radar failure are published in the unit LATSI; and
11
4. The radar used to provide the radar service is a surveillance radar; and 5. The unit provides such additional non-radar training as is appropriate to unit procedures. This training may be undertaken either at the unit or at an ATC college providing the training under a programme approved by the Authority; and 6. Procedures for non-radar contingencies are assessed as part of Certificate of Competence examinations. 7. For Approach radar units, the additional requirement that associated aerodrome/s is/are situated in Class D airspace. Contingency measures referred to in Appendix 3.8.14.3 are purely intended to establish procedural, usually vertical, separation between flights under control of the unit at the time of the failure, and do not include the possibility of reverting to provision of a procedural service in the event of radar failure. Alternative arrangements to permit continued operations during periods of radar outage should be agreed with the Authority. 3.8.15 Applicants having successfully completed a rating course without subsequently gaining a Certificate of Competence in the rating within 12 months of the course being completed, shall be assessed for previous competence by a Rating Examiner or an ATC Examiner and undertake such training as deemed necessary to reach the level of competence to commence On-the-Job training. An applicant who successfully completed a rating course more than five years previously, without subsequently gaining a Certificate of Competence in the rating relating to the course, shall be assessed for previous competence to determine the content and duration of the refresher course required to be completed by the applicant, to ensure that the knowledge and skill of the applicant is to an acceptable level for a trainee to commence operational training.
3.9
3.9.1
English Language Proficiency

All air traffic controllers and air traffic control trainees, shall be required to demonstrate an English language proficiency at the operational level, (level 4) or greater. (Reference Attachment 1). Air traffic controllers or air traffic control trainees shall be assessed, by means of a test acceptable to the Authority, for English language proficiency as per the assessment methods and requirements stated in the GCAA ATC Licence Application Manual.
3.9.2
Air traffic controllers and trainees, who demonstrate an English language proficiency at the Expert Level (Level 6), shall not be required to undergo further evaluation unless doubt is raised at a later date, by unit management or the Authority, as to the English proficiency level of the person. Air traffic controllers and trainees, who demonstrate an English language proficiency below the Expert Level (Level 6), shall be formally evaluated at time intervals as follows: Those demonstrating English language proficiency at the Operational Level (Level 4), shall be formally evaluated at least once every 3 years; Those demonstrating language proficiency at the Extended Level (Level 5), shall be formally evaluated at least once every 6 years
3.9.3
3.9..4
Prior to the issue of an OJT Permit for the issue of an ATC Rating, the applicant shall demonstrate an English language proficiency at the
12
Operational Level (Level 4), or greater. 3.9.5 When a formal English language proficiency assessment is required the assessment shall be conducted at an English testing facility approved by the Authority.
3.10
3.10.1
Medical Requirements
Air traffic controllers and trainees shall be subject to the relevant medical requirements detailed in CAR Part VIII, Subpart II. Applicants for and holders of an On-the-Job Trainee Permit shall hold a Class 3 medical certificate. Applicants for and holders of a UAE ATC Licence, containing an ATC Rating or ratings, who will exercise the privileges of the ATC Rating, shall hold a valid Class III medical certificate. The certificate shall, without prejudice to other sections of these Regulations, be valid for such period as is specified therein, and shall be deemed to form part of the licence. ATC medical examinations shall be conducted by an Aero Medical Examiner approved by the Authority, or at such other medical facilities as required by the Authority. The validity of an ATC Medical Certificate shall follow the requirements detailed in CAR Part II. The maximum period of validity of a Medical Certificate associated with an Air Traffic Controller Licence shall be as follows: 1. 48 months for controllers aged 40 or below; 2. 24 months for controllers aged above 40; or 3. 12 months for controllers aged above 50
3.10.2
3.10.3
3.10.4
3.10.5
3.10.6
3.10.7
3.10.8
The ATS provider shall have procedures in place to ensure the following: Holders of Medical Certificates are given an initial notification at least two months prior, and a check one week prior to the date of expiry of the current Medical Certificate, to ensure the required examination has been completed; ATC operational duties or ATC operational training shall not be conducted in the event of the Licence holder or trainee not holding a current Medical Certificate.
3.10.9
The licence holder remains responsible for ensuring that his Medical Certificate is renewed and that examinations and tests are completed when required. An air traffic controller who fails his medical examination shall not exercise the privileges of his Air Traffic Controller Licence. A trainee who fails a medical examination shall not undertake On-the-Job training. An Air Traffic Controller or trainee who fails his medical examination shall surrender his current Medical Certificate to the Aero Medical Examiner or forward the certificate to the Authority. 13
3.10.10
3.10.11
3.10.12
3.10.13
The licence holder shall not exercise the privileges of his licence until he again holds a valid Medical Certificate. ATC Service Providers who require advice on the medical aspects of limitations imposed on licences should contact the appropriate Aero Medical Examiner and the Authority. Service Providers who require advice on the operational aspects of any limitations imposed on licences should contact the Authority.
3.10.14
3.11
3.11.1
Air Traffic Controller Duty Hours And Staffing

The duty hours for air traffic controllers and ATC trainees shall be limited to ensure so far as is reasonably possible, that controller fatigue does not impair operational safety. An air traffic controller duty hour log shall be maintained at each ATC operational position. Controllers are responsible for ensuring that the entries made in the duty hour log are complete and accurate. Unit management shall have a process in place to ensure that entries made in the duty log are complete and accurate.
3.11.2
3.11.3
Duty Hour Requirements shall include the following: 1. No Period of Duty shall exceed ten hours; and 2. There shall be an interval of not less than ten hours between the conclusion of one Period of Duty and the commencement of the next Period of Duty. This interval may be reduced by up to 20 minutes solely for the purpose of orderly shift handover; and 3. Not more than four Night Duties may be worked in immediate succession; and 4. Within 40 consecutive hours the aggregate of Periods of Duty shall not exceed 20 hours; and 5. Within 720 consecutive hours (30 days) the aggregate of Periods of Duty and Standby Duties shall not exceed 300 hours, provided that Periods of Duty do not exceed 200 hours. For the purpose of this limitation, Standby Duty is calculated at 50 per cent of duty time; and 6. Within 720 consecutive hours (30 days) the sum of hours of exactly 3 separate Off Duty Periods shall total more than 168hrs; and 7. Upon the conclusion of seven Periods of Duty within 168 consecutive hours (seven days), or upon Periods of Duty within 168 consecutive hours reaching a total of 55 hours, whichever is the earlier, there shall be an interval of a minimum of 60 hours before the commencement of the next Period of Duty; and 8. ATC Operational Duties shall not normally exceed 2 hours. During any 3 hour period consisting of ATC Operational Duties there shall normally be at least one Break not less than 30 minutes in duration. 9. The ATC Service Provider may in exceptional circumstances increase the Operational Duty period stated in Appendix 3.11.3.8 to a maximum of 4 hours under the Modification of Limitation provisions in Appendix 3.11.7.
14
3.11.4
During any calendar year there shall be not fewer than 30 calendar days of total holiday entitlement. At least one leave period shall be not less than 20 consecutive days. Each duty log shall include unit and operational position identifiers. Air traffic controllers shall enter the following information into the log during handover procedures: 1. The controller identifier; 2. The date - time controller accepted handover from previous controller; and 3. The date - time controller completed handover to on-coming controller.
3.11.5
3.11.6
The Authority may, at its discretion, modify the limitations contained herein. Modifications may be made as a requirement of the Authority or, in exceptional or extraordinary circumstances, on the application of an ATC Service Provider. In exercising its discretion to make or grant a modification, the Authority will consider all relevant operational aspects pertaining to the unit. The ATC Service Provider may in exceptional circumstances modify a limitation. Such modifications may only be made to overcome short-term and unforeseen difficulties at the unit and, having regard to the Scheme of Regulation, may only be made if the safety and effectiveness of air traffic control can be maintained. The Authority will review the circumstances of each such modification. For this purpose a report on Form ANS-016 shall be submitted to the Authority within 24 hours. Modifications under this provision specifically exclude repeat modifications and modifications due to events or conditions that could reasonably be foreseen, such as sickness amongst ATC staff, or which are periodically recurrent.
3.11.7
3.11.8
Unit management shall have a process in place to oversight the controller duty hours so that, in the event that a controller will or has worked outside the duty hour restrictions, the controller shall not be permitted to continue operational duties until the duty hours requirements can be met and if necessary the controller has been counselled on the issue. The ATC Service Provider shall maintain an adequate staff of air traffic controllers to provide the type(s) of air traffic control service approved by the Authority and during the period(s) promulgated in the AIP. The ATC Service Provider shall satisfy the Authority that the unit maintains sufficient qualified controllers to provide safe air traffic control services. Consideration will be given to the regularity of the air traffic control service in determining whether a service is safe.
3.11.9
3.11.10
There shall be no possibility that users will be confused as to which service they are receiving because the type of service changes from day to day or hour to hour. The number of operational positions, period of operation and limitation of duty hours dictates the minimum number of validated controllers required at a unit.
3.11.11
15
3.11.12
The number of watch-keeping controllers will depend on the number of operational positions and the period for which they are scheduled to open. Although conditions at different units may vary, an approximation for the calculation of the minimum number of controllers required is given using the following formula:
C=
N D 365 R
Total number of valid controllers,
where C =
N = Number of controllers required to attend for duties each day, including relief to give breaks, D R = = Number of days the unit provides services in a year, Number of days per year a controller is not available for duty.
i.e. rest days annual leave public holidays in lieu allowance for sickness training etc. 3.11.13 Example 1 A large unit comprising of Aerodrome Control and Approach Radar Control is open seven days a week, 24 hours per day. Positions are manned as follows: Morning Permanently open positions 5 Part time positions () Relief 1 7
Total Morning staffing Afternoon
Permanently open positions 5 Part time positions (0) Relief 1 7 0
Total Afternoon staffing Night
Permanently open positions 6 Part time positions (0) Relief 1 0
Total Night staffing 8 Total shifts worked per day 22 Controller availability: 5-watch system i.e. 3 shifts per 5 calendar days Annual leave and public holidays in lieu: 56 calendar days
16
R=
(365 56) 3 = 185.4 186 5 days
Note: Training, such as ECT, is not included in the calculation of R, above, and standby duties to cover for sickness is assumed to be covered by controllers in addition to the 5-watch system. This leads to the following requirement for watch keeping controllers, C:
C=
365 22 = 44.9 45 365 186 controllers
Note: At a unit operating with a 5-watch roster and 56 calendar days annual leave, the formula above may be approximated by multiplying the number of daily shifts by a factor of 2 to estimate the required number of valid controllers. 3.11.14 Example 2 A small Aerodrome Control unit with a single position is open seven days a week, 24 hours per day. Morning Permanently open position 1 Relief (addressed below) Total Morning staffing Afternoon Permanently open position 1 Relief (addressed below) Total Afternoon staffing Night Permanently open position 1 Relief (addressed below) Total Night staffing 1 Relief Afternoon / Night (18-04) Morning *) Total Relief staffing 1 Total shifts worked per day 4 *) Relief provided by administrative staff on office days 1 0 0 1 0 1
Relief provided 10-11 on weekends and public holidays
C=
3.11.15
365 4.25 = 8 .7 9 365 186 controllers
Certain assumptions have been made in the calculation of N in the examples above. There are different ways of deploying staff and managers may use other criteria in arriving at N. Whatever method is used, it must meet the regulation of hours requirements detailed in Appendix 3.11 In the examples allowance for absence beyond casual sickness is limited. It 17
3.11.16
should be noted that if a controller became ill and was absent for any length of time, this could necessitate some restriction to the operation to avoid breaching the limitations on working hours. Hence, it would be prudent to make such allowance. There is some scope in Example 2 for sickness, training etc. If an allowance of five days per controller is assumed, R is increased to 191 and C becomes 8.9. The rounded up figure is still 9 controllers.
3.12
3.12.1
Watch Rosters
ATC Service Providers shall meet the rostering limitations specified in the scheme for regulation of air traffic controllers hours in Appendix 3.11. ATC Service Providers shall notify the Authority of formal rostering arrangements of a repetitive nature only once. ATC Service Providers who are unable to set a regular pattern of attendance for Air Traffic Control Officers shall supply to the Authority a copy of the prepared roster at least 30 days before it is due to come into force together with details of each months, or each four week periods, roster actually worked. Rosters supplied to the Authority shall indicate where they meet the various rostering limitations specified in the scheme for regulation of air traffic controllers hours in Appendix 3.11
3.12.2
3.12.3
Providers of ATS shall not require controllers to carry out ancillary tasks while they are providing operational air traffic control services unless this can be accomplished without negative effects on safety. Note: An ancillary task is any task in an operational control room, which is not directly associated with the provision of air traffic control service
3.12.4
Providers of ATS shall make available adequate support staff to enable controllers to carry out their duties in accordance with ICAO Annex 11, Doc 4444 and the Civil Aviation Regulations. Exceptionally, where such ancillary duties are unavoidable, the Authority must be satisfied that controllers will not be distracted from their primary function or placed under undue pressure. These duties and the person responsible for discharging them must be clearly identified in the units LATSI.
3.12.5
Controllers may delegate some of their responsibilities to adequately trained support staff (such as Flight Clerks, Air Traffic Control Assistants and Air Traffic Service Assistants) provided they do not include duties for which an Air Traffic Control licence is required. Duties that may be delegated fall into two categories: 1. Air Traffic Control related duties not closely associated with the safety of aircraft (e.g. Telephone messages concerning flight data and clearances). These duties and the person responsible for discharging them shall be clearly identified in the units LATSI; and 2. Other duties of an administrative nature.
3.12.6
The number and disposition of support staff will depend on the complexity of the unit. The ATS Provider shall arrange appropriate training and shall be responsible for the continued competency of such staff. The Authority may
18
require to be given details of the training support staff has received. The ATS Provider shall ensure that adequate staff resources are provided to ensure that such operational staff are provided with suitable breaks during work shifts, with work periods not exceeding 10 hours and a minimum of 10 hours break being provided between working shifts.
19
LEVEL
PRONUNCIATION Assumes a dialect and/or accent intelligible to the aeronautical community.
Expert 6
Pronunciation, stress, rhythm, and intonation, though possibly influenced by the first language or regional variation, almost never interfere with ease of understanding.
Extended 5
Pronunciation, stress, rhythm, and intonation, though influenced by the first language or regional variation, rarely interfere with ease of understanding.
ATTACHMENT 1 - ICAO LANGUAGE PROFICIENCY RATING SCALE STRUCTURE VOCABULARY FLUENCY Relevant grammatical structures and sentence patterns are determined by language functions appropriate to the task. Able to speak at length Vocabulary range Both basic and with a natural, effortless and accuracy are complex flow. Varies speech flow sufficient to grammatical for stylistic effect, e.g. to communicate structures and emphasize a point. effectively on a wide sentence patterns Uses appropriate variety of familiar are consistently well and unfamiliar topics. discourse markers and controlled. connectors Vocabulary is spontaneously. idiomatic, nuanced, and sensitive to register. Able to speak at length Vocabulary range Basic grammatical with relative ease on and accuracy are structures and familiar topics but may sufficient to sentence patterns not vary speech flow as communicate are consistently well a stylistic device. Can effectively on controlled. Complex make use of appropriate common, concrete, structures are discourse markers or and work-related attempted but with connectors. topics. Paraphrases errors which consistently and sometimes interfere successfully. with meaning. Vocabulary is sometimes idiomatic.
COMPREHENSION
INTERACTIONS
Comprehension is consistently accurate in nearly all contexts and includes comprehension of linguistic and cultural subtleties.
Interacts with ease in nearly all situations. Is sensitive to verbal and non-verbal cues and responds to them appropriately.
Comprehension is accurate on common, concrete, and work-related topics and mostly accurate when the speaker is confronted with a linguistic or situational complication or an unexpected turn of events. Is able to comprehend a range of speech varieties (dialect and/or accent) or registers.
Responses are immediate, appropriate and informative. Manages the speaker/listener relationship effectively.
20
Operational 4
Pronunciation, stress, rhythm, and intonation, are influenced by the first language or regional variation but only sometimes interfere with ease of understanding.
Basic grammatical structures and sentence patterns are used creatively and are usually well controlled. Errors may occur, particularly in unusual or unexpected circumstances, but rarely interfere with meaning.
Vocabulary range and accuracy are usually sufficient to communicate effectively on common, concrete, and work-related topics. Can often paraphrase successfully when lacking vocabulary in unusual or unexpected circumstances.
Produces stretches of language at an appropriate tempo. There may be occasional loss of fluency on transition from rehearsed or formulaic speech to spontaneous interaction, but this does not prevent effective communication. Can make limited use of discourse markers or connectors. Fillers are not distracting.
Comprehension is mostly accurate on common, concrete, and work-related topics when the accent or variety used is sufficiently intelligible for an international community of users. When the speaker is confronted with a linguistic or situational complication or an unexpected turn of events, comprehension may be slower or require clarification strategies.
Responses are usually immediate, appropriate, and informative. Initiates and maintains exchanges even when dealing with an unexpected turn of events. Deals adequately with apparent misunderstandings by checking, confirming, or clarifying.
21
LEVEL
PRONUNCIATION Assumes a dialect and/or accent intelligible to the aeronautical community.
Preoperational 3
Pronunciation, stress, rhythm, and intonation are influenced by the first language or regional variation and frequently interfere with ease of understanding.
STRUCTURE Relevant grammatical structures and sentence patterns are determined by language functions appropriate to the task. Basic grammatical structures and sentence patterns associated with predictable situations are not always well controlled. Errors frequently interfere with meaning.
VOCABULARY
FLUENCY
COMPREHENSION
INTERACTIONS
Elementary 2
Pronunciation, stress, rhythm, and intonation are heavily influenced by the first language or regional variation and usually interfere with ease of understanding.
Shows only a limited control of a few simple memorized grammatical structures and sentence patterns.
Vocabulary range and accuracy are often sufficient to communicate on common, concrete or work-related topics, but range is limited and the word choice often inappropriate. Is often unable to paraphrase successfully when lacking vocabulary. Limited vocabulary range consisting only of isolated words and memorized phrases.
Produces stretches of language, but phrasing and pausing are often inappropriate. Hesitations or slowness in language processing may prevent effective communication. Fillers are sometimes distracting. Can produce very short, isolated, memorized utterances with frequent pausing and a distracting use of fillers to search for expressions and to articulate less familiar words.
Comprehension is often accurate on common, concrete and workrelated topics when the accent or variety used is sufficiently intelligible for an international community of users. May fail to understand a linguistic or situational complication or an unexpected turn of events. Comprehension is limited to isolated, memorized phrases when they are carefully and slowly articulated.
Responses are sometimes immediate, appropriate, and informative. Can initiate and maintain exchanges with reasonable ease on familiar topics and in predictable situation. Generally inadequate when dealing with an unexpected turn of events.
Response time is slow and often inappropriate. Interaction is limited to simple routine exchanges.
22
Preelementary
Performs at a level below the Elementary level.
Performs at a level below the elementary level.
1 Note. The Operational Level (Level 4) is the minimum required proficiency level for radiotelephony communications. Levels 1 through 3 describe Pre-elementary, Elementary, and Pre-operational levels of language proficiency, respectively, all of which describe a level of proficiency below the ICAO language proficiency requirement. Levels 5 and 6 describe Extended and Expert levels, at levels of proficiency more advanced than the minimum required Standard. As a whole, the scale will serve as benchmarks for training and testing, and in assisting candidates to attain the ICAO Operational Level (Level 4).
23
4 4.1
4.1.1
Appendix 4: ATS Occurrence Reporting ATS Occurrence Reporting

An applicant for an air traffic service certificate shall establish procedures for reporting of and investigating accidents, incidents and occurrences that conform to the GCAA requirements In the event of an accident, unlawful interference or serious incident in the UAE Airspace the relevant unit shall make an initial report to the GCAA Duty Officer, via the reporting process, as a priority as soon as practicable after the event containing as much of the following information as possible: 1. Aircraft identification (callsign and/or registration); 2. Aircraft type; 3. POB; 4. Nature of accident; 5. Time of accident; 6. Site of accident; 7. Broad indication of casualties; 8. Broad indication of damage to airframe(s); and 9. Impact on other traffic, and estimated duration. Information not immediately available shall be forwarded to the GCAA Duty Officer immediately on receipt. Following the initial report for an accident, unlawful interference or serious incident a complete ATS occurrence report (ANS015), shall be sent to the GCAA immediately upon completion.
4.1.2
4.1.3
An ATS Occurrence Report Form (ANS015), for occurrences other than accident, unlawful interference or serious incident in the UAE Airspace shall be sent to Air Navigation and Aerodromes section of the Department of Aviation Security and Infrastructure (hereafter referred to as Air Navigation and Aerodromes) within 3 hours of the event. Controllers or supervisors submitting an ATS Occurrence Report shall ensure that information given is accurate and complete.
4.1.4
Information of an AIRPROX received from a pilot shall be transferred to the Aviation Authority responsible for the FIR where the AIRPROX occurred. If the AIRPROX occurred in the UAE FIR, the report shall be sent to Air Navigation and Aerodromes. The following list is guidance for units as to what occurrences shall be reported to Air Navigation and Aerodromes. This list is in no way exhaustive and any occurrence which is believed to be a flight safety issue shall be forwarded to Air Navigation and Aerodromes for review. 1. Accident; 2. Unlawful Interference; 3. Forced landing; 4. AIRPROX; 5. Controlled flight into terrain only marginally avoided; 6. Runway incursions; 7. Failures to meet required climb gradient performances; 1
4.1.5
8. Level busts; 9. ACAS Resolution Advisory reports; 10. Emergencies or unsafe incidents including: 11. aircraft structural failures not classified as an accident; 12. engine failures; 13. any fires or smoke reported within aircraft compartments or engine fires; 14. malfunctions of one or more aircraft systems seriously affecting the operation of the flights; 15. flight crew incapacitation in flight; 16. fuel quantity requiring declaration of emergency by the pilot; 17. system failures, weather phenomena, or operations outside the approved flight envelope which caused significant difficulties in controlling the aircraft; 18. tyre bursts 19. Aborted take-offs; 20. Go arounds; 21. Take-off or landing incidents including undershooting, overrunning or running off the side of runways; 22. Bird strikes; 23. Medical emergencies or reported injuries in flight; or 24. Non compliance with ATC instructions in controlled airspace. The unit should expect a reply from Air Navigation and Aerodromes that the occurrence report has been received. The reply may include requests for information to be included in the subsequent investigation. 4.1.6 To ensure that the ATS Occurrence Report has been received, the ATS unit will receive either a closure or acceptance notification from Air Navigation and Aerodromes. In the event a notification is not received, the ATS unit shall communicate with Air Navigation and Aerodromes to confirm receipt.
4.2
4.2.1
ATS Occurrence Investigation

The unit shall initiate investigations of accidents, incidents or occurrences. It is the units responsibility to carry out an investigation of an ATS occurrence and present a complete investigation report along with any other requested data to Air Navigation and Aerodromes within 7 days, or request an extension. Air Navigation and Aerodromes may, at its discretion, require a GCAA ATS Inspector to assist unit investigators, or conduct independent investigations. Air Navigation and Aerodromes shall review the unit findings, conclusions and actions and may require further or amended actions to be taken by the unit. When investigation data is required by the Authority, the unit conducting the investigation shall provide the data by the required date or communicate with the Authority to request an extension.
4.2.2
The unit investigation, including the initial investigation, shall be conducted by an impartial person. Officers potentially involved in an incident shall not 2
be involved in the conduct of the investigation. 4.2.3 In the event of an Accident, AIRPROX or serious incident, requiring an investigation interview of persons involved, the following procedures shall be followed: 1. The person being interviewed shall be given the option to review recorded audio or radar data prior to the interview; and 2. There shall be a minimum of two investigators present during the interview; and 3. The person being interviewed shall be given the option of having an impartial witness present at the interview; and 4. Minutes of the interview shall be documented and signed by all persons in attendance. The interview may be recorded, subject to the approval of all present. In this circumstance, the recording of the interview, shall be retained with the investigation report. Air Navigation and Aerodromes may require additional information to assist in reviewing the unit investigation. 4.2.4 The unit occurrence investigation shall when applicable include: 1. Copy of the Occurrence Report Form; 2. Written report/s from controller/s involved; 3. Written report from supervisor; 4. Voice tape transcript; 5. Radar data including snapshots if available; 6. Flight Plans; 7. Weather information; 8. Transcripts of interviews; 9. Copies of any relevant documents of regulations; 10. Traffic loading form; 11. The shift roster and monthly roster of the involved ATCO; 12. Any other items relevant to the investigation; and 13. A statement verifying the accuracy of recorded time stamps. 4.2.5 Any tape transcript or written report shall be signed and confirmed as accurate by the person compiling the document. An ATS transcript shall be compiled in compliance with the following requirements: 1. The text shall be clear, legible, and in a format suitable for sending by email or facsimile. 2. All transcript entries shall be written using letters. 3. All transcript entries shall be written as they are pronounced on the ATS recording. For example the word NINER should be written when the correct pronunciation is heard on the recording or NINE if that pronunciation is heard. 4. Each transcript entry shall include the time indicated on the recording when that transmission was made. 5. Times shall be in the following format (HH:MM:SS) 6. Checks shall be made to determine any discrepancies that exist 3
4.2.6
between the recording times and the actual time. Any time discrepancy found shall be documented on the title section of the ATS transcript report. 7. Each transcript entry shall include the transmitters ATS Unit, Ground Unit or Aircraft Callsign identity and frequency if relevant. 8. In the event that the investigator determines that there are irrelevant segments on the recording that do not need to be transcribed, then a chronological entry shall be made on the transcript indicating the missing transmission, and the title of the ATS transcript shall indicate Excerpt of ATS Recording. The person taking responsibility for the accuracy of the ATS transcript shall clearly enter his name, title and sign the document, indicating that the ATS transcript is an accurate reflection of the ATS recording. 4.2.7 The completed ATS unit investigation report shall be signed by the person taking responsibility, confirming that the investigation contents, findings, conclusions are complete, correct and accurate and that any unit safety or staff remedial action proposed is appropriate. In order to improve unit incident investigation standards, unit management shall submit applications for the issue of an Investigator Certificate, when suitably qualified ATS staff are available. Note: The Investigator Certificate will be available to appropriately qualified and trained staff in a number of disciplines on an airport or within an ATC unit, such as RFFS, aerodrome operations and ATS personnel. 4.2.9 For the purposes of investigation and auditing, GCAA Inspectors of ATS shall be granted unrestricted access to ATS facilities under all conditions. GCAA Inspectors of ATS shall be permitted to carry laptop computers, digital cameras and audio recording devices under all conditions. ATS Providers shall be responsible for ensuring relevant security passes and approvals are obtained for nominated GCAA Inspectors of ATS and their equipment.
4.2.8
4.2.10
4.3
4.3.1
Relief from Duty

When an air traffic controllers actions may have been a contributing factor in an occurrence being an accident, AIRPROX, serious incident or hazardous situation where the safety of aircraft was or may have been jeopardised, he shall be relieved immediately from all operational duties pending an initial unit investigation. There shall be no partial removal from duty. Following an occurrence the controllers initial relief from duty should not be taken as a suspicion of guilt but purely to protect the controller and the unit in the following ways: 1. To ensure a potentially unsettled controller does not make post occurrence errors; 2. To allow the controller to be available to write a report and assist in the initial investigation; 3. To allow the controller time for recovery and, if requested, stress counselling; and 4. To give the unit protection if in fact some actions are required to raise the controllers competence to the required standard.
4.3.2
After an initial unit investigation of an occurrence, the unit shall coordinate with Air Navigation and Aerodromes to decide on the appropriate actions 4
required in relation to an ATCO who has been relieved of duty. A relieved controller may be returned to operational duty subject to any actions recommended in the investigation regarding the relieved controller, being completed, providing the ATS Unit investigation is verified and signed by a person holding a valid UAE Investigator Certificate. 4.3.3 If after the initial unit investigation it is found that the controllers actions were correct and did not contribute to the occurrence, the unit shall, after obtaining agreement from Air Navigation and Aerodromes, return the controller to operational duties. When an ATS Unit investigation cannot be verified and signed by a person holding a valid UAE Investigator Certificate, the unit shall communicate with an Air Navigation and Aerodromes section ATS Inspector to reach agreement on any actions recommended in the investigation, regarding the relieved controller, prior to conducting the actions and returning the controller to operational duty. 4.3.4 If after the initial unit investigation the unit believes the controllers actions did or may have contributed to the occurrence the controller shall remain relieved of all operational duties pending further investigation. During the further investigation the unit shall decide on actions required to ensure that a controller relieved of duty has the required knowledge and competence to rectify the cause of the error that contributed to the occurrence. 4.3.5 Where an investigation determines that a controllers competence is in doubt and remedial training is required, the current Certificate of Competence shall be withdrawn. A Certificate of Competence shall only be re-issued after the successful completion of a Certificate of Competence examination. When ATS remedial training is required, the controller involved shall first be counselled with the objective of ensuring that he understands what errors were made, accepts ownership of his actions, and will be receptive to training. In cases where remedial training is required a training needs analysis shall be carried out by the unit and documented to determine specific training requirements.
4.3.6
4.4
4.4.1
ATS Occurrence Records

An ATS Provider shall retain unit occurrence investigation records required by paragraphs 34.3.7 for the period specified in 34.6.4 of Rule VIII, Subpart 4.
4.5
4.5.1
Incident Involving Airline Operators

Following an aviation incident, controllers shall ensure that pilots involved in the incident are aware that the incident has occurred and that reporting action is being taken. In the event of a serious incident, the pilot involved shall, when possible, be interviewed by an ATS unit officer to ascertain relevant details, which may assist in the unit investigation. The interview shall be conducted at an appropriate time, and on an appropriate private frequency or communication line. The interview shall be documented for inclusion in the ATS unit investigation.
4.5.2
4.6
4.6.1
ATS Unit Target Levels of Safety

ATS Units shall define appropriate target levels of safety for the following occurrences, in which an ATS officers action were a causal factor to the incident. 1. Accidents 2. AIRPROX Category A & B 3. AIRPROX Category A to D 4. Loss of Runway Separation Category A & B 5. Loss of Runway Separation Category A to D 6. Runway Incursion Category A & B 7. Runway Incursion Category A to D 8. Level Bust Category A & B 9. Level Bust Category A to D
4.6.2
The defined levels of safety shall be expressed in the two following terms: 1. Safety Performance Indicators, 2. Safety Performance Targets
4.6.3
ATS units shall forward the Defined Target Levels of Safety for each of the above incident classifications, to Air Navigation and Aerodromes for acceptance. ATS Units shall conduct an analysis of Achieved Levels of Safety at the end of each calendar year. The analysis shall include a reassessment of current defined Target Levels of Safety and any required amendments required to maintain or improve safety levels. The annual Achieved Safety Assessment analysis report, together with an action plan if required, shall be forwarded to Air Navigation and Aerodromes before the 31 January each year.
4.6.4
ATTACHMENT1 APPLICATION FOR AN ATS CERTIFICATE
APPLICATION FOR ATS CERTIFICATE
One copy of the ATS Providers Exposition and Operations Manual, prepared in accordance with the Civil Aviation Regulations, is enclosed with this application. The Certificate will be based on the particulars contained in the ATS Providers Exposition On behalf of the Administrative Authority named above, I certify that the information contained in the ATS Providers Exposition is correct in every respect and that no relevant information has been withheld.
Name
Signature
Date
ATS Form 01:
CAR PART VIII Subpart 5, CNS
CAR PART VIII SUBPART 5 COMMUNICATION, NAVIGATION AND SURVEILLANCE MAINTENANCE
CONTENTS
SECTION A GENERAL ............................................................................................................... 5 1 2 3 4 APPLICABILITY ....................................................................................................................... 5 DEFINITIONS AND ACRONYMS ........................................................................................... 6 COMMON REFERENCE SYSTEMS ...................................................................................... 6 STANDARDS AND RECOMMENDED PRACTICES ............................................................... 6
SECTION B CERTIFICATION PROCESS ................................................................................... 7 5 6 7 8 9 10 REQUIREMENTS TO HOLD A CNS MAINTENANCE CERTIFICATE ................................ 7 APPLICATION FOR CERTIFICATE ........................................................................................ 7 GRANT OF A CNS MAINTENANCE CERTIFICATE .............................................................. 7 PRIVILEGES OF CERTIFICATE ............................................................................................. 8 DURATION OF A CNS MAINTENANCE CERTIFICATE ........................................................ 8 RENEWAL OF CERTIFICATE ............................................................................................... 9
11 CHANGES TO A CNS MAINTENANCE CERTIFICATE HOLDERS ORGANISATION ......... 9 12 DOCUMENTATION ............................................................................................................... 10 13 WITHDRAWAL OR TRANSFER OF SERVICE .................................................................... 10 14 PERSONNEL REQUIREMENTS .......................................................................................... 11 15 CNS MAINTENANCE TRAINING .......................................................................................... 12 16 SECURITY PROGRAMME ................................................................................................... 12 17 PERIODIC INSPECTION AND TESTING ............................................................................. 12 18 PROVISION OF APPROPRIATE INFRASTRUCTURE, FACILITIES AND SERVICES ...... 13
19 OPERATING APPROVAL ..................................................................................................... 16 20 IDENTIFICATION CODES AND CALLSIGNS ....................................................................... 16 21 NOTIFICATION OF AERONAUTICAL FACILITY INFORMATION ........................................ 16 22 NOTIFYING AND REPORTING INFORMATION TO AIR TRAFFIC SERVICES .................. 17 23 AERONAUTICAL FACILITY CHECK AFTER ACCIDENT OR INCIDENT ............................ 17 24 FACILITY MALFUNCTION INCIDENTS ................................................................................ 17 25 RECORDS .............................................................................................................................. 17 26 PROTECTION OF ELECTRONIC AERONAUTICAL DATA .................................................. 18 27 QUALITY ASSURANCE SYSTEM (QAS) REQUIREMENTS ................................................ 19 28 SAFETY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (SMS) REQUIREMENTS ............................................. 20 29 SAFETY INSPECTIONS AND AUDITS ................................................................................. 21 30 CNS MAINTENANCE ORGANISATIONS EXPOSITION ...................................................... 21 SECTION C MAINTENANCE MANUAL ................................................................................... 22 31 CNS MAINTENANCE ORGANISATIONS MANUAL .............................................................. 22
AMENDMENTS TO CAR PART VIII SUBPART 5

Initial issue November 2009 Introduction of Civil Aviation Regulation VIII Subpart 5 - CNS Maintenance based upon ICAO Annex 10 Amendment 84 and ICAO DOC 8071
Section A General 1.
1.1
Applicability
Civil Aviation Regulations VIII is issued by the General Civil Aviation Authority in pursuit of its obligations to ensure enforcement of accepted international regulations and standards at ANSP units in operation within the United Arab emirates and to follow up their execution in coordination with the local aerodrome license holder (as applicable). CAR Part VIII, subpart 5 has been framed in such a way that the specifications for CNS technology can be adopted for use by CNS Maintenance service providers. The specifications contained herein are considered to be minimum acceptable standards This Subpart details: 1. Operating and technical standards for CNS services and facilities; and 2. Rules governing the certification and operation of organisations providing CNS services in support of civil IFR flight or an air traffic service.
1.2
1.3
1.4
Civil Aviation Regulation VIII Subpart 5 apply to the Maintenance arrangements of ANS Service providers. These Regulations govern the certification and operation of organisations providing a Maintenance service to ANS providers and aerodromes serving civil IFR flight, relating to any or all of the following safety related equipment. 1. Communication Facilities: a. HF Air/Ground voice communication facilities; b. VHF Air/Ground voice communication facilities; c. Voice switching and control facilities;
d. ATS point to point communication facilities; e. Voice and Data Recording facilities; f. Controller Pilot Data Link Communication (CPDLC);
2. Flight information facilities; a. Electronic briefing and flight plan lodgment service for the use of pilots b. Aeronautical databases used in or by a facility. 3. Aeronautical Fixed Telecommunication Network (AFTN/CIDIN) -ATCMHS 4. Dedicated Satellite Communication Network (DSCN). 5. Navigation Facilities: a. Instrument Landing System (ILS); b. Distance Measuring Equipment (DME); c. VHF Omni-range (DVOR);
d. Non-directional beacons (NDB) / Locators; e. VHF Markers. f. GNSS related facilities. 5
6. Surveillance Facilities: a. Primary surveillance radar (PSR); b. Secondary surveillance radar (SSR); c. Surface movement radar (ASDE);
d. Airport Surface Movement and Guidance Control System (ASMGCS); e. Automatic dependent surveillance (ADS); f. Multilateration systems
7. Human Machine Interface systems, including Tower Consoles, ATS; 8. Other CNS Facilities: a. ATC Automation system consisting of; b. Flight Data Processing system c. Radar Data Processing system
d. Repetitive Flight Plan (RPL) System 9. Airport Terminal Information Service (ATIS); 10. Master / Slave clock system; 11. Uninterruptible and emergency power supplies; 12. Meteorological Display Systems used for ATS; 13. Meteorological sensor systems 1.5 These Regulations represent the minimum requirements to achieve an acceptable level of safety.
2
2.1.

3
3.1
Common reference systems

Horizontal reference system: World Geodetic System - 1984 (WGS-84) shall be used as the horizontal (geodetic) reference system. Reported aeronautical geographical coordinates (indicating latitude and longitude) shall be expressed in terms of the WGS-84 geodetic reference datum. Vertical reference system: Mean sea level (MSL) datum, which gives the relationship of gravity-related height (elevation) to a surface known as the geoid, shall be used as the vertical reference system. Temporal reference system: The Gregorian calendar and Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) shall be used as the temporal reference system.
4
4.1.
Standards and Recommended Practices

The CNS Maintenance unit shall comply with the standards and practices contained in the applicable Civil Aviation Regulations, Civil Aviation Advisory Publications, and Information Bulletins published by the Authority. The CNS Maintenance unit shall also comply with any conditions that may be endorsed in the CNS Maintenance Services Certificate. The specifications contained herein are based upon the Standards and Recommended Practices of Annex 10 Volumes 1 - 5, to the Convention 6
on International Civil Aviation in so far as they have been adopted by the United Arab Emirates. 4.2 Guidance material applicable to these Regulations is contained in the following documents: 1. Manual on Testing Radio Navigation Aids (Doc 8071) 2. Volume I - Testing of Ground-Based Radio Navigation Systems 3. Volume II - Testing of Satellite-Based Radio Navigation Systems 4. Volume III - Testing of Surveillance Radar Systems 5. Manual of Surface Movement Guidance and Control Systems (SMGCS) (Doc 9476) 6. Advanced Surface Movement Guidance and Control Systems (A-SMGCS) Manual (Doc 9830) 4.3. The methodologies and specifications contained in the above Manuals shall be considered to represent an acceptable form of compliance unless otherwise indicated by the Authority.
Section B Certification Process 5

5.1
Requirements to hold a CNS Maintenance Certificate

No person or organisation shall provide a CNS Maintenance service used for supporting an ANSP unit providing air navigation services or operate an aeronautical facility supporting IFR flight except under the authority of, and in accordance with the provisions of, a CNS Maintenance Certificate issued under this Part.
6
6.1

Each applicant for a CNS Maintenance Certificate shall complete CNS 01 form provided in Attachment 1, and submit it to the Director of Aviation Security and Infrastructure, GCAA. In the interests of aviation safety, only one certificate relating to the provision of a CNS Maintenance service for the same equipment at the same location shall be current at any time. The submission shall include the exposition and manual required by paragraphs 30 and 31, and payment of the appropriate application fee specified by the GCAA Board under Article 10.7 of the GCAA Law.
6.2.
6.3
7
7.1.
Grant of a CNS Maintenance Certificate

Each applicant is entitled to a CNS Maintenance service certificate if; 1. The applicant meets the requirements of Section B of the Rule; and 2. The applicant and persons holding positions listed in paragraph 14. 1.1 to 14.1.3 inclusive are acceptable to the Authority; and 3. The organisations exposition as required by paragraph 31 is acceptable to the Authority; and 4. The organisations CNS Maintenance manual, as required by 7
paragraph 32 is acceptable to the Authority. 5. The Authority is satisfied that the granting of the certificate is not contrary to the interests of aviation safety. 7.2. Before granting a CNS Maintenance Certificate, the Authority must be satisfied that: 1. The unit facilities, services and equipment are in accordance with these Regulations and other relevant ICAO standards and recommended practices; and 2. The CNS Manual prepared for the applicants unit and submitted with the application along with any applicable fee contains all the relevant information; and 3. The units operating procedures make satisfactory provision for the safety of aircraft; and 4. The applicant will be able to competently operate and maintain the unit properly. 7.3. The Authority may refuse to grant a CNS Maintenance Certificate to an applicant.
8
8.1
A CNS Maintenance Certificate shall specify the aeronautical facilities that the certificate holder is authorised to provide in support of IFR flight or an ANSP unit. The holder of a CNS Maintenance Certificate may operate any of the aeronautical facility types specified on the holders certificate provided: 1. Each aeronautical facility operated is listed in the certificate holders exposition; or 2. If the aeronautical facility is not listed in the exposition, its operation is for site test purposes controlled by the procedures required under paragraph 18.4; and 3. Where necessary for the safety of aircraft operations, the holder of a CNS Maintenance Certificate establishes and appropriately promulgates any limitations on the use of the system or services maintained by the holders organisation. These limitations shall be documented in Part 1 of the CNS Maintenance Manual.
8.2
9
9.1.
Duration of a CNS Maintenance Certificate

A CNS Maintenance Certificate may be granted or renewed for a period of up to five years. A CNS Maintenance Certificate remains in force until it expires, or is suspended or revoked. The holder of a CNS Maintenance Certificate that expires or is revoked shall surrender the certificate to the Authority immediately. The holder of a CNS Maintenance Certificate that is suspended shall produce the certificate to the Authority for appropriate endorsement immediately. The validity of the Certificate is based upon the continued operation in accordance with Civil Aviation Regulations, Civil Aviation Advisory Publications, and Information Bulletins as published by the Authority.
10
10.1
The holder of a CNS Maintenance Certificate may apply for the renewal of a CNS Maintenance Certificate using CNS Form 01. The renewal application shall be made before the renewal date specified on the Certificate, or if no such date is specified, at least 60 days before the Certificate expires.
10.2
The CNS Maintenance Certificate shall remain valid subject to periodic surveillance audits conducted at the discretion of the Director Aviation Security and Infrastructure confirming ongoing compliance with the Civil Aviation Regulations. The Authority shall undertake a complete CNS Maintenance Certificate renewal inspection at least once in every five year period following the issue of a CNS Maintenance Certificate.
11
11.1
Changes to a CNS Maintenance Certificate Holders Organisation

Each holder of a CNS Maintenance certificate shall: 1. Ensure that their exposition is amended so as to remain a current description of the holders organisation and services. 2. Ensure that any amendments made to the holders exposition meet the applicable requirements of this Subpart; and 3. Comply with the amendment procedures contained in the holders exposition; and 4. Provide the Director, Aviation Security and Infrastructure Department of the GCAA, with a copy of each amendment to its exposition, prior to its incorporation into the exposition; and 5. Make such amendments to its exposition as the Authority may consider necessary in the interests of aviation safety.
11.2
The certificate holder shall provide the ANS Regulations section of the Department of Aviation Security and Infrastructure of the GCAA with a copy of each amendment to the holders CNS manual as soon as practicable after its incorporation into the CNS Maintenance Manual. Where the certificate holder proposes to make a change to any of the following, prior notification to and acceptance by the Director of Aviation Security and Infrastructure is required: 1. The persons listed in paragraphs 14.1.1 to 14.1.3 inclusive; or 2. The CNS maintenance service provided by the certificate holder; or 3. The organisations security programme.
11.3
11.4
An application to make any of the changes under paragraph 11.3 shall be made on form CNS 01. The Director of Aviation Security and Infrastructure may prescribe conditions under which a certificate holder may operate during or following any of the changes specified in paragraph 11.3. A certificate holder shall comply with any conditions prescribed in paragraph 11.5. 9
11.5
11.6
11.7
Where any of the changes referred to in paragraph 11.3 requires an amendment to the certificate, the certificate holder shall forward the certificate to the Director, Aviation Security and Infrastructure as soon as practicable. The certificate holder shall make such amendments to the holders CNS Maintenance Manual as the Director, Aviation Security and Infrastructure may consider necessary in the interests of aviation safety.
11.8
12
12.1
Documentation
The applicant for a CNS Maintenance Service certificate shall hold copies of the CNS Maintenance Service Manual, relevant technical manuals and all other documents necessary for the provision and operation of the services listed in its exposition. The applicant shall establish a procedure to control all the documentation required by paragraph 12.1, and any other applicable Rule Part. The procedure shall ensure that 1. Appropriate arrangements are in place to ensure receipt of amendments to documents held by the unit; and 2. All incoming documentation is reviewed and actioned as required by authorised personnel; and 3. All documentation is reviewed and authorised before issue; and 4. Current issues of all relevant documentation are available to personnel at all locations where they need access to such documentation for the provision and operation of CNS Maintenance services; and 5. All obsolete documentation is promptly removed from all points of issue or use; and 6. Any obsolete documents retained as archives are suitably identified as obsolete; and 7. The current version of each item of documentation can be identified to preclude the use of out of date documents; and 8. A regular document audit is made of the amendment status of controlled documents held on the unit.
12.2
13
13.1
Withdrawal or Transfer of Service

A CNS Maintenance Certificate holder shall give the Director Aviation Security and Infrastructure not less than 3 months written notice of the date on which the Certificate is to be surrendered, and include in that notice a summary of factors considered in arriving at the decision to withdraw the service, in order that suitable promulgation action can be taken. The Director Aviation Security and Infrastructure will cancel the Certificate on the date specified in the notice.
13.2
The Director Aviation Security and Infrastructure may approve, and issue an instrument of transfer of a CNS Maintenance Certificate to a transferee where: The current holder of the CNS Maintenance Certificate notifies the Director Aviation Security and Infrastructure in writing at least 3 months before ceasing to operate the unit, that the current holder will cease to operate the unit as of the date specified in the notice; 10
The current holder of the CNS Maintenance Certificate notifies the Director Aviation Security and Infrastructure in writing, the name of the transferee; The transferee applies to the Director Aviation Security and Infrastructure on form CNS 01, at least 3 months before the current holder of the CNS Maintenance Certificate ceases to operate the unit, for the issuance of a CNS Maintenance Certificate; The application required in paragraph 13.2.3 meets the requirements of paragraph 6.1 13.3 The holder of a CNS Maintenance service certificate who is the outgoing provider of a CNS service shall not hinder the preparation and execution of the transitional arrangements required by paragraph 13.4. The applicant for a CNS Maintenance service certificate intending to assume responsibility for providing any CNS maintenance service from an existing certificate holder, shall include with its application, full details of transitional arrangements endorsed by the Heads of CNS of both organisations.
13.4
14
14.1
The applicant for a CNS Maintenance Service certificate shall engage, employ or contract: 1. A Head of CNS Maintenance who; a. has the authority within the applicants organisation to ensure that each CNS Maintenance service listed in its exposition can be financed and provided in accordance with the requirements of this Part; and b. is responsible for ensuring that the organisation complies with the requirements of this Subpart; and 2. A Head of training responsible for ensuring that the organisation complies with the training requirements of this Part; and 3. An accountable manager responsible for the provision of a safety management system according to the requirements of CAR Part X; and 4. Sufficient personnel to manage, supervise, provide and support the CNS Maintenance service and any associated training or assessment listed in the applicants exposition, plus meet the requirements of CAR Part X to develop and maintain an effective SMS. Qualifications and experience details for the persons nominated by the applicant for the positions listed in paragraphs 14.1.1 to 14.1.3 inclusive shall be forwarded to the Authority for acceptance prior to the person being named in that position by the applicant. The persons listed in paragraphs 14.1.2 to 14.1.4 inclusive above shall ultimately be responsible to the Head of CNS Maintenance.
14.2
An applicant for a CNS Maintenance Service certificate shall establish procedures to: 1. Ensure the competence of those personnel who a. provide the CNS Maintenance services listed in the applicants exposition; and b. supervise personnel 11 providing CNS Maintenance
services listed in the exposition; and c. provide training and assessment for those staff providing the CNS Maintenance services listed in the exposition; and
2. Provide personnel listed in paragraph 14.2.1 with written evidence of the scope of their authorisation; and 3. Ensure that no person whose function is critical to the safety of aviation (safety sensitive personnel) shall undertake that function while under the influence of any psychoactive substance, by reason of which human performance is impaired and that they shall not engage in any problematic use of substances.
15
15.1
CNS Maintenance Training

An applicant for a CNS Maintenance Certificate shall establish procedures and programmes for the training and assessment of those staff who provide the CNS Maintenance services.
16
16.1
Security Programme
An applicant for a CNS Maintenance service certificate shall establish a security programme for the facilities listed in the applicants exposition. The security programme required under paragraph 16.1 shall specify the physical security requirements, practices, and procedures to be followed to: 1. Minimise the risk of destruction of, damage to, or interference with the operation of any aeronautical facility operated under the authority of the CNS Maintenance Service certificate; and 2. Protect personnel on duty. Where relevant, signs warning of hazardous radiation shall be erected at appropriate locations.
16.2
16.3
The security programme required under paragraph 16.2 shall include such physical security requirements, practices and procedures as may be considered necessary by the applicant and the Director, Aviation Security and Infrastructure.
17
17.1
Periodic Inspection and Testing

An applicant for a CNS Maintenance Service certificate shall establish a procedure for the periodic inspection and testing of the aeronautical facilities listed in the applicants exposition to verify that each aeronautical facility meets the applicable operational requirements and performance specifications for that facility. The procedure required under paragraph 17.1 shall 1. Include ground inspections and tests and, where necessary, flight tests; and 2. Include the criteria for establishing or changing the interval between the periodic tests for each aeronautical facility listed in the exposition, having regard to a. any applicable information published by ICAO; and b. any applicable reliability data for the aeronautical 12
17.2
facility; and c. information on the proven reliability performance of the aeronautical facility, and of similar aeronautical facilities, and the stability of the aeronautical facilities.
3. Ensure that the grounds for establishing or changing the interval between the periodic tests for each aeronautical facility listed in the applicants exposition are documented. 17.3 An applicant for a CNS Maintenance service certificate shall establish 1. A programme of periodic ground inspections for each aeronautical facility listed in the applicants exposition; and 2. A programme of periodic ground tests for each aeronautical facility listed in the applicants exposition; and 3. A programme of periodic flight testing and flight calibration for each radio navigation aid listed in the applicants exposition unless the applicant can establish from the criteria under paragraph 17.2 that periodic ground tests can replace the periodic flight tests for the particular aeronautical facility without affecting the safety of air navigation. 17.4 The programmes required by paragraphs 17.3.2 and 17.3.3 shall be based on the criteria required under paragraph 17.2.2 and shall specify the maximum interval between the tests for each aeronautical facility. The design and application of the Maintenance programme should observe Human Factors principles. A holder of a CNS Maintenance Service certificate shall notify the Director, Aviation Security and Infrastructure, of any radio navigation aid that is not subjected to periodic flight tests
17.5
17.6
18
18.1
Provision of Appropriate Infrastructure, Facilities and Services

The CNS Maintenance unit shall ensure that the systems, equipment, installations and services required for the ANS service provider or the airport are commensurate with the level of service and appropriate to meet agreed target levels of safety as determined in the safety management system. The requirements shall comply with the minimum specifications outlined in paragraph 4 and or ICAO Annex 10 as applicable.
18.2
An applicant for a CNS Maintenance Service certificate shall establish a procedure to ensure that no aeronautical facility listed in the applicants exposition is placed into operational service unless 1. The person placing the aeronautical facility into operational service is assessed as competent and authorised according to the procedures required under paragraph 14.2; and 2. The appropriate checks detailed in the operating and maintenance instructions required under paragraph 32 have been carried out to verify the performance of the aeronautical facility; and 3. The aeronautical facility record has been completed according to the procedures required under paragraph 26.
18.3
The CNS Maintenance unit shall establish procedures to ensure that: 13
1. The systems, equipment, installations and services required for the ANS service provider or aerodrome operator are commensurate with the level of service and appropriate to meet agreed target levels of safety as determined in the safety management system; and 2. Each aeronautical facility listed in the applicants expositiona. is designed, installed and commissioned to meet the applicable operational specification for that facility; and b. conforms with the applicable system characteristics and specification standards prescribed in ICAO Annex 10, Volumes I, III and IV; and c. conforms with the applicable requirements of paragraph 4; and specifications and
d. has been allocated an identification code or callsign, if a code or callsign is required under paragraph 20. 3. Information on the operational status of each radio navigation aid listed in the applicants exposition, that is essential for the take-off, approach and landing at an aerodrome, is provided to meet the operational requirements of a. the ATC unit providing an aerodrome control service for that aerodrome while that service is being provided; and b. the ATC unit providing an approach control service for that aerodrome while that service is being provided; c. the aerodrome operator where no ATC unit is involved, or the ATC unit is no longer on duty.
4. Each aeronautical facility listed in the applicants exposition is installed with suitable power supplies and means to ensure continuity of operation appropriate to the needs of the ATC unit or radio navigation service being supported; and 5. Each aeronautical facility listed in the applicants exposition is installed in accordance with the security programme required under paragraph 16 to minimise any risk of destruction, damage or interference with the operation of the facility; and 6. When necessary to ensure the integrity of the signal in space of all radio navigation aids, protected by written agreements with the site owner, aerodrome operator and ATC unit, as appropriate, to ensure that site restrictions are not infringed by buildings, fences, vehicles, machinery or aircraft; and 7. Any critical site area of any aeronautical facility listed in the applicants exposition is a. clearly identified on the aeronautical facility; and site drawings for the
b. physically protected by suitable signposts on the site; and 8. A list of which facilities and systems shown in paragraph 1.4 of this subpart is maintained by the applicants organisation is provided to the Director of Aviation Security and Infrastructure, and to maintain this list. 18.4 An applicant for a CNS Maintenance Service certificate who intends to operate a temporary aeronautical facility to carry out on site tests shall establish a procedure for carrying out these tests.
14
18.5
The procedure required under paragraph 18.4 shall require that 1. The operation of the temporary facility does not cause any interference with any other operating aeronautical facility; and 2. Appropriate information regarding the operation of the temporary facility is forwarded to the provider of the AIS for the issue of a NOTAM, and if appropriate, the publication of a Supplement to the AIP; and 3. An appropriate NOTAM has been issued.
18.6
An applicant for a CNS Maintenance Service certificate shall ensure that appropriate inspection, measuring and test equipment is available for personnel to maintain the operation of each aeronautical facility listed in the applicants exposition. An applicant for a CNS Maintenance Service certificate shall establish a procedure to control, calibrate and maintain all the inspection, measuring and test equipment required under paragraph 18.6 to ensure that each item of equipment has the precision and accuracy that is necessary for the measurement and tests to be performed. The procedure required under paragraph 18.7 shall require that each item of test equipment required for the measurement of critical performance parameters is 1. Calibrated before use and at prescribed intervals with the calibration traceable to an appropriate international standard or manufacturers recommended interval; and 2. Identified with a suitable indicator to show its calibration status; and 3. Controlled to a. safeguard against adjustments that would invalidate the calibration setting; and b. ensure that the handling, preservation and storage of the test equipment are such that its accuracy and fitness for use is maintained.
18.7
18.8
18.9
If hardware and software systems are used for the performance testing of any aeronautical facility, the procedures under paragraph 18.7 shall require the functions of those testing systems to be checked before being released for use and at prescribed intervals, to establish that those testing systems are capable of verifying the true performance of the aeronautical facility. An applicant for a CNS Maintenance Service certificate shall establish a procedure to ensure that equipment spares shall be 1. Maintained at a level appropriate to the level of service desired; and 2. Be stored under suitable environmental conditions. Spares having a lifetime, or requiring regular Maintenance or calibration shall be suitably identified to that effect.
18.10
18.11
An applicant for a CNS Maintenance Service certificate shall establish procedures for the control, repair and return to service of equipment or modules. The procedures shall show which modules may be repaired on-site and which should be returned to the manufacturer or recognized repair facility. 15
19
19.1
Operating Approval
An applicant for a CNS Maintenance Service certificate shall establish a procedure to ensure that, in addition to the requirements of paragraph 29 with respect to the SMS, approval for changes to equipment and systems is received from the Director, Aviation Security and Infrastructure prior to introduction into service, according o the CAAP 25 approval process.
20
20.1
Identification Codes and Callsigns

An applicant for a CNS Maintenance Service certificate shall establish procedures to ensure that no person associated with facilities maintained by the applicants organisation shall operate: 1. A radio navigation aid unless it has been allocated an identification code by the Authority under paragraph 20.1.3; or 2. A radio communication transmitter on an aeronautical radio frequency unless it has been allocated authorised by the Telecommunication Regulation Authority (TRA). The Authority may allocate an identification code for a radio navigation aid or a callsign for a radio communication transmitting aeronautical facility if the Director, Aviation Security and Infrastructure is satisfied that the allocation of a code or callsign is not contrary to the interests of aviation safety. Codes and Callsigns in place at the date this Subpart becomes effective, shall remain effective.
21
21.1
Notification of Aeronautical Facility Information

A person operating an aeronautical facility must establish procedures to ensure that: 1. Information concerning any change in the operational status of the aeronautical facility and information on the operational details of the aeronautical facility, is forwarded to the operator of the aeronautical facility; and 2. The Director, Security and Infrastructure is notified if incorrect information has been published.
21.2
An applicant for a CNS Maintenance Service certificate shall establish a procedure to ensure that the requirements of paragraph 21.1 are met for each applicable aeronautical facility listed in the applicants exposition. Validation and verification procedures required under paragraphs 21.1 and 22.2 shall include a means to confirm that 1. Information to be issued as part of the integrated AIP shall be thoroughly checked and coordinated with the appropriate services before it is submitted to the AIS, in order to ensure that all necessary information has been included and that it is correct prior to distribution; and 2. Any change of a temporary nature to the operational status of the aeronautical facility has been promulgated by NOTAM.
21.3
21.4
Information provided by the CNS Maintenance organisation shall meet the requirements of the UAE AIP sections: GEN 2.5, ENR 4.1, 4.2, 4.3
16
AD 2.18, 2.19, 3.17, 3.18 as detailed in Appendix 1 to ICAO Annex 15.
22
22.1
Notifying and Reporting Information to Air Traffic Services

A CNS Maintenance unit shall establish procedures to report significant information relating to the operational status of any facility or service that may affect the safety of air navigation to the relevant Air Traffic Service Unit. Information requiring immediate notification to the Air Traffic Service unit include: 1. Failure or irregular operation of part or all of the CNS systems; and 2. Failure of the normal or secondary power supply.
22.2
23
23.1
Aeronautical Facility Check after Accident or Incident

An applicant for a CNS Maintenance Service certificate must establish a procedure to check and accurately record the operating condition of any aeronautical facility operated under the authority of the certificate, that may have been used by an aircraft, or an air traffic service, that is involved in an accident or incident. The procedure required by paragraph 23.1 shall require that 1. The check of the aeronautical facilitys operating condition is carried out as soon as practicable after notification to the holder of the CNS Maintenance service certificate of the accident or incident; and 2. The record of that check, and the recorded history of the aeronautical facility, is kept secure for possible use by any subsequent accident or incident investigation; and 3. The records required to be secured under paragraph 23.2 are retained for a period of 3 years from the date of the last entry made on that record.
23.2
24
24.1
Facility Malfunction Incidents

An applicant for a CNS Maintenance Service certificate shall establish procedures to 1. Notify, investigate and report facility malfunction incidents in accordance with the requirements of paragraph 27.1; and 2. Implement corrective actions to eliminate the cause of a facility malfunction incident and prevent its recurrence.
25
25.1
Records
An applicant for a CNS Maintenance Service certificate shall establish procedures to identify, collect, index, store, maintain and dispose of the records that are necessary to record the 1. Safe provision of the CNS Maintenance Services; and 2. Safe operation of each aeronautical facility listed in the applicants exposition. 17
25.2
The procedures required under paragraph 25.1 shall require that accurate records of the following are maintained: 1. For each aeronautical facility, a record a. documenting the operating aeronautical facility; and performance of the
b. providing a history of the maintenance and the periodic inspections and tests of the aeronautical facility that are traceable to the person or persons responsible for each of the recorded activities; and 2. Of the establishment of, or change in, the periodic tests required under paragraph 17.1; and 3. For each item of test equipment required under paragraph 18.6 that is used for the measurement of an aeronautical facilitys critical performance parameters, a record that includes a traceable history of the location, maintenance and the calibration checks for the item of test equipment ; and 4. For each aeronautical facility and item of test equipment, a record of the build and configuration state, updated whenever changes or modifications are made. All modifications shall be accurately documented and cross referenced to modification strikes or numbers on the equipment. 5. For each facility malfunction incident a record that includes: a. details of the nature of the malfunction; and b. the findings of the investigation; and c. the corrective actions taken; and
d. if applicable, a copy of the report submitted to the Authority; and e. a record of each internal audit required under paragraph 27.1.6 and of each management review required under paragraph 27.1.7 and 6. For each person who is authorised in accordance with paragraph 14.2 to place aeronautical facility into operational service, a record that includes details of the persons experience, qualifications, training, competency assessments and current authorisations. 25.3 The procedures required under paragraph 25.1 shall require 1. All written records to be legible and of a permanent nature; and 2. All aeronautical facility records required under paragraph 25.2 to be retained for a period of at least 3 years unless a longer period is required a. by the Authority; or b. to establish a performance history for the aeronautical facility. 25.4 A CNS Maintenance unit shall provide statistical information to the Director Aviation Security and Infrastructure to ensure monitoring of SMS performance over time. Information detailed in CAAP X.
26
26.1
Protection of Electronic Aeronautical data

An applicant for a CNS Maintenance Service certificate shall establish 18
procedures to ensure that the protection of electronic aeronautical data while stored or in transit shall be totally monitored by the cyclic redundancy check (CRC). To achieve protection of the integrity level of critical and essential aeronautical data as specified below, a 32 or 24 bit CRC algorithm shall apply respectively. To achieve protection of the integrity level of routine aeronautical data as specified below and in Appendix 6 of ICAO Annex 4, a 16 bit CRC algorithm shall apply. 1. Critical data, integrity level 1 10-8: there is a high probability when using corrupted critical data that the continued safe flight and landing of an aircraft would be severely at risk with the potential for catastrophe; 2. Essential data, integrity level 1 10-5: there is a low probability when using corrupted essential data that the continued safe flight and landing of an aircraft would be severely at risk with the potential for catastrophe; and 3. Routine data, integrity level 1 10-3: there is a very low probability when using corrupted routine data that the continued safe flight and landing of an aircraft would be severely at risk with the potential for catastrophe.
27
27.1
Quality Assurance System (QAS) Requirements

The applicant for a CNS Maintenance Service certificate shall establish an internal quality assurance system (QAS) to ensure compliance with, and the adequacy of, the procedures required by these Regulations. The QAS shall, include 1. A quality assurance policy and procedures that are relevant to the applicants organisational goals and the expectations and needs of its customers; and 2. Procedures to ensure that data at any moment is traceable to its origin so as to allow any data anomalies or errors, detected during maintenance phases or in operational use, to be corrected; and 3. Procedures to ensure quality indicators, including equipment availabilities, malfunctions, faults, and personnel and customer feedback, are monitored to identify existing problems or potential causes of problems within the system; and 4. A procedure for corrective action to ensure existing problems that have been identified within the system are corrected; and 5. A procedure for preventive action to ensure that potential causes of problems that have been identified within the system are remedied; and 6. An internal quality audit programme to audit the applicants organisation for conformity with its quality assurance system; and 7. Management review procedures that may, where appropriate, include the use of statistical analysis, to ensure the continuing suitability and effectiveness of the internal quality assurance system in satisfying the requirements of this Subpart.
27.2
The internal quality audit programme shall: 1. Specify the frequency and location of the audits taking into account the nature of the activity to be audited; and 19
2. Ensure audits are carried out by trained auditing personnel who are independent of those having direct responsibility for the activity being audited; and 3. Ensure the results of audits are reported to the personnel responsible for the activity being audited and the manager responsible for internal audits; and 4. Require preventive or corrective action to be taken by the personnel responsible for the activity being audited if problems are found by the audit; and 5. Ensure follow up audits to review the effectiveness of any preventive or corrective action taken. 6. All audit findings and observations shall be evidenced and properly recorded.
28
28.1
Safety Management System (SMS) Requirements

An applicant for a CNS Maintenance Service certificate shall establish a safety management system acceptable to the GCAA that, as a minimum 1. Identifies safety hazards, 2. Ensures that remedial action necessary to maintain an acceptable level of safety is implemented, 3. Provides for continuous monitoring and regular assessment of the safety level achieved, and 4. Aims to make continuous improvements to the overall level of safety. A safety management system shall clearly define lines of safety accountability throughout the CNS Maintenance Service organisation, including a direct responsibility for safety on the part of senior management. For compliance requirements refer to CAR Part X, Safety Management Systems (SMS) Regulations.
28.2
A CNS Maintenance Service provider shall ensure that any significant change to the aeronautical facility system, shall be subject to a safety assessment, indicating that an acceptable level of safety shall be met, prior to implementation. User consultation shall form part of the safety assessment. The safety assessment shall be presented to, and accepted by, the ANS Regulation section of the Aviation Security and Infrastructure Department of the GCAA prior to implementation of the change
28.3
A CNS Maintenance Service provider shall, as part of their SMS, establish target levels of safety/key performance indicators for at least the following safety areas: 1. Aeronautical facility reliability, 2. MTBO, 3. Others (to be determined)
28.4
The safety policy procedures shall ensure that the safety policy is understood, implemented, and maintained at all levels of the organization.
20
28.5
The procedure for corrective action shall specify how: 1. To correct an existing problem; and 2. To follow up a corrective action to ensure the action is effective; and 3. Management will measure the effectiveness of any corrective action taken.
28.6
The procedure for preventive action shall specify how: 1. To correct a potential problem; and 2. To follow up a preventive action to ensure the action is effective; and 3. To amend any procedure required by this Regulation as a result of a preventive action; and 4. Management will measure the effectiveness of any preventive action taken.
29
29.1

The Director Aviation Security and Infrastructure may, in writing, require the holder of CNS Maintenance certificate to undergo or carry out such inspections and audits of the holders maintenance offices, facilities, documents and records as the Director consider necessary in the interests of civil aviation safety and security in accordance with Article 7.10 of the GCAA Law. The Director Aviation Security and Infrastructure may require from the holder of a CNS maintenance certificate such information as the Director considers relevant to the inspection or audit. A CNS Maintenance unit shall arrange for the issue of permanent security passes to personnel authorised by the Authority to enable access to any part of the unit, tenant company premises, equipment, records, documents and operators personnel. Personnel authorised by the Authority may: 1. Inspect and carry out tests on the facilities, services and equipment; and 2. Inspect CNS Maintenance units documents and records and verify the CNS Maintenance units safety management system before the CNS Maintenance Certificate is granted or renewed, and at any other time, for the purpose of ensuring safety at the unit; and 3. Take photographs of the unit facilities and equipment, for certification, audit and approval purposes.
29.2
29.3
29.4
30
30.1
CNS Maintenance Organisations Exposition

The applicant for a CNS Maintenance service certificate shall provide the Authority with an exposition containing 1. A statement signed by the Head of CNS Maintenance on behalf of the applicants organisation confirming that the exposition and any included manuals a. define the organisation and demonstrate its means and methods for ensuring ongoing compliance with this and 21
any other applicable Part; and b. are required to be complied with by its personnel at all times; and 2. A statement signed by the Head of CNS Maintenance on behalf of the applicants organisation confirming that: 3. the organisation has sufficient financial strength to provide the services contained within the organisations exposition; and 4. the organisation has sufficient liability and insurance cover to meet any claims that could be made relating to the services contained within the organisations exposition; and 5. The titles and names of the person or persons required by paragraphs 14.1.1 to 14.1.3. inclusive; and 6. The duties and responsibilities of the person or persons specified in paragraph 30.1.3, including matters for which they have responsibility to deal directly with the Authority on behalf of the organisation; and 7. An organisation chart showing lines of responsibility of the persons specified in paragraph 30.1.3, and extending to each location listed under paragraph 30.1. 6.a; and 8. In the case of an organisation providing CNS Maintenance services from more than one CNS Maintenance unit, a table listing a. locations of CNS Maintenance units; and b. the services provided at each location; and 9. Details of the applicants staffing structure for each CNS Maintenance unit; and 10. A document matrix detailing where the requirements of paragraphs 11 to 29 are contained within the organisations operational manuals. 11. Procedures to control, amend and distribute the exposition. 30.2 The applicants exposition must be acceptable to the Director, Aviation Security and Infrastructure.
Section C Maintenance Manual 31

31.1
CNS Maintenance Organisations Manual

The applicant for a CNS Maintenance Certificate shall provide a CNS maintenance manual containing the following: 1. Part 1: General 2. Part 2: Documentation 3. Part 3: Maintenance 4. Part 4: Maintenance Support 5. Part 5: Personnel 6. Part 6: Particulars required for inclusion in the Aeronautical Information Publication(AIP) The CNS Maintenance Manual is a fundamental requirement of the certification process. It shall contain all the pertinent information 22
concerning the CNS Maintenance unit, facilities, services, equipment, operating procedures, organisation, and management including safety management system. The safety management system may be a component part of the safety management system required by the ANSP or aerodrome. The information presented in the CNS Maintenance Manual shall demonstrate that the CNS Maintenance unit complies with the certification standards and practices and that there are no apparent shortcomings that would adversely affect safety 31.2 The CNS Maintenance Manual shall: 1. Be either an electronic version or printed and signed by the accountable manager responsible for the CNS Maintenance unit; 2. Be in a format that is easy to revise; 3. Have a system for recording the currency of pages and amendments, thereto, and should include a page for logging revisions; and 4. Be organised in a manner that will facilitate the preparation, review and approval process. 31.3 Within the sections referred to in paragraph 31.1, the Manual shall contain the following: 1. The procedures required by paragraph 12.2 regarding the control of documentation; and 2. The procedures required by paragraph 13.2 regarding the transfer process between providers of the CNS Maintenance Service; and 3. The procedures required by paragraph 14.2 regarding the competence of personnel; and 4. The procedures and programmes required by paragraph 15.1 regarding the training and assessment of personnel; and 5. The programme required by paragraph 16.2 regarding security of the facilities; and 6. The procedures required by paragraph 17.1 regarding the periodic inspection and testing; and 7. The programmes required by paragraph 17.3 regarding periodic inspections and tests; and 8. The procedures required by paragraph 18.2 placing of equipment into operational service 9. The procedures required by paragraph 18.3; and 10. The procedures required by paragraph 18.4 regarding the operation of temporary facilities for site tests; and 11. The procedures required by paragraph 18.7 regarding the control, calibration and maintenance of inspection, measuring and test equipment; and 12. The procedures required by paragraph 18.10 provision of equipment spares; and regarding the regarding the
13. The procedures required by paragraph 18.11 regarding the control, repair and return to service of equipment or modules; and 14. The procedures required by paragraph 19.1 regarding the requirement to obtain operational approval for changes to equipment or systems; and 23
15. The procedures required by paragraph 20.1 regarding the allocation requirements for codes or Callsigns; and 16. The procedures required by paragraph 21.2 regarding the AIS notification requirements; and 17. The procedures required by paragraph 22.1 regarding the ATS notification requirements; and 18. The procedures required by paragraph 22.3 regarding the validation and verification of information; and 19. The procedures required by paragraph 23.1 regarding facility checking after an accident or incident; and 20. The procedures required by paragraph 24.1 regarding the notification, investigation, and reporting of facility malfunctions; and 21. The procedures required by paragraph 25.1 regarding the identification, collection, indexing, storage, maintenance and disposal of records; and 22. The procedures required by paragraph 26.1 regarding the protection of electronic aeronautical data; and 23. The detailed procedures required under paragraph 27.1 regarding the internal quality assurance system; and 24. The detailed procedures required under paragraph 28.1 regarding the safety management system; and 25. The detailed procedures required under paragraph 30.9 regarding the control amendment and distribution of the exposition.
24
ATTACHMENT1 APPLICATION FOR A CNS CERTIFICATE

GENERAL CIVIL AVIATION AUTHORITY GENERAL CIVIL AVIATION AUTHORITY
APPLICATION FOR CNS MAINTENANCE CERTIFICATE
One copy of the CNS Organisations Exposition and Maintenance Manual, prepared in accordance with the Civil Aviation Regulations, is enclosed with this application. The Certificate will be based on the particulars contained in the CNS Maintenance Organisation Exposition On behalf of the Administrative Authority named above, I certify that the information contained in the CNS Maintenance Organisation Exposition is correct in every respect and that no relevant information has been withheld.
Name
Signature
Date
CNS Form 01:
25
CAR PART VIII Subpart 6 TO BE REVISED
CAR Part VIII Subpart 7, METEOROLOGICAL SERVICES
CAR PART VIII SUBPART 7 AVIATION METEOROLOGICAL SERVICE ORGANISATIONS
SECTION A GENERAL ................................................................................................................... 5 1 APPLICABILITY ........................................................................................................................ 5
2 DEFINITIONS AND ACRONYMS .............................................................................................. 5 3 APPLICATION FOR CERTIFICATE .......................................................................................... 5 4 ISSUE OF CERTIFICATE .......................................................................................................... 6 5 PRIVILEGES OF CERTIFICATE................................................................................................ 6 SECTION B CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS ....................................................................... 7 6 PERSONNEL REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................... 7 7 SITE REQUIREMENTS............................................................................................................... 7 8 COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS ....................................................................................... 9 9 INPUT REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................................ 9 10 OUTPUT REQUIREMENTS .................................................................................................... 10 11 FACILITY REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................... 10 12 DOCUMENTATION ................................................................................................................. 11 13 PERIODIC INSPECTION, TESTING AND CALIBRATION ..................................................... 12 14 RELEASE OF METEOROLOGICAL INFORMATION ............................................................. 12 15 NOTIFICATION OF METEOROLOGICAL OFFICE AND FACILITY STATUS ....................... 12 16 METEOROLOGICAL INFORMATION CHECK AFTER ACCIDENT OR INCIDENT .............. 13 17 RECORDS ............................................................................................................................... 13 18 QUALITY ASSURANCE .......................................................................................................... 14 19 SAFETY MANAGEMENT ........................................................................................................ 15 20 ORGANISATION EXPOSITION .............................................................................................. 15 SECTION C OPERATING REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................... 16 21 CONTINUED COMPLIANCE .................................................................................................. 16 22 OPERATIONS MANUAL ......................................................................................................... 17 2
23 LIMITATIONS ON CERTIFICATE HOLDER ........................................................................... 17 24 CHANGES TO A CERTIFICATE HOLDERS ORGANISATION............................................. 17 25 SAFETY INSPECTIONS AND AUDITS .................................................................................. 18

Initial Issue
November 2009
INTRODUCTION OF CIVIL AVIATION REGULATIONS PART VIII, SUBPART 7 AVIATION METEOROLOGICAL ORGANISATIONS CERTIFICATION, BASED UPON ICAO ANNEX 3 AMENDMENT 74.
SECTION A General 1
1.1
Applicability
The GCAA is required, under article 6 of the General Civil Aviation Law, to implement international agreements in the field of Meteorology and by article 7 of the same Law, to promulgate policy for civil aviation and propose laws and regulations. Civil Aviation Regulations Part VIII, Subpart 7 is issued by the General Civil Aviation Authority in pursuit of its obligations to ensure enforcement of accepted international regulations and standards within organisations providing Meteorological Services within the UAE FIR as designated by the Authority. Subpart 7 provides the Rules governing the certification and operation of organisations providing meteorological services to aviation. The objective of meteorological services for international air navigation shall be to contribute towards the safety, regularity and efficiency of international air navigation. This objective shall be achieved by supplying all interested aviation organisations with the meteorological information necessary for the performance of their respective functions.
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
The Meteorological Authority of the UAE shall determine the type and degree of meteorological services to be provided within the UAE FIR in accordance with the requirements of the ICAO Regional Plan (Doc 9708) The Meteorological Authority may arrange for the services to be provided on its behalf. The Meteorological Authority and the services to be provided shall be included in the UAE AIP.
1.6
No person shall provide an aviation meteorological service except under the authority of, and in accordance with the provisions of, a meteorological certificate issued under this Rule Subpart.
2
2.1

3
3.1

The applicant for a meteorological certificate shall complete GCAA form Met 01 (Attachment 1) and submit it to the Director, Aviation Security and Infrastructure. All elements of the form shall be completed. The form shall include the locations and airspace at or within which the services will be provided. The form shall be submitted to the Director, Aviation Security and Infrastructure along with supporting documentation which shall include the exposition required by paragraph 20.
4
4.1
An applicant is entitled to a meteorological certificate if; 1. The applicant meets the requirements of section B of the Rule; and 2. The applicant and persons holding positions listed in paragraph 6.1.1 to 6.1.3 inclusive are acceptable to the Authority; and 3. The organisations exposition as required by paragraph 20 is acceptable to the Authority; and 4. The Authority is satisfied that the granting of the certificate is not contrary to the interests of aviation safety. In the interests of aviation safety, only one certificate for a meteorological service at the same location shall be current at any time.
4.2
A meteorological certificate may be granted or renewed for a period of up to 5 years. A meteorological certificate remains in force until it expires, is suspended or revoked. The holder of a meteorological certificate that expires or is revoked shall surrender the certificate to the Authority. The holder of a meteorological certificate that is suspended shall immediately return the certificate to the Authority for appropriate endorsement.
5
5.1
Privileges of Certificate.
A meteorological certificate shall specify which of the following meteorological services and which training and assessment for such services the certificate holder is authorised to provide. 1. Climatology service: a service for the development and supply of climatological information in accordance with the requirements of chapter 8 of Annex 3, for a specific area or airspace; or 2. Forecast service: a service for the supply of forecast meteorological information in accordance with the requirements of chapter 6 of Annex 3, for a specific area or portion of airspace; or 3. Information dissemination service: a service for the collection and dissemination of meteorological information; or 4. Meteorological briefing service: a service for the supply of written and oral meteorological information on existing and expected meteorological conditions in accordance with the requirements of chapter 9 of Annex 3; or 5. Meteorological reporting service: a service for the supply of routine or special meteorological reports in accordance with the requirements of chapter 4 of Annex 3; or 6. Meteorological watch service: a service for maintaining a watch over meteorological conditions affecting aircraft operations in a specific area in accordance with the requirements of chapter 7 of Annex 3.

6.1
Each applicant for the grant of a meteorological service certificate shall engage, employ or contract: 1. A person identified as the Chief Executive who has the authority within the applicants organisation to ensure that each meteorological service listed in their exposition can be financed and carried out to meet the operational requirements, and in accordance with the requirements prescribed by this Rule subpart; and 2. A person or group of persons who are responsible for ensuring that the applicants organisation complies with the requirements of this subpart. Such nominated person or persons shall be ultimately responsible to the Chief executive; and 3. An accountable manager responsible for the provision of a safety management system according to the requirements of CAR Part X; and 4. Sufficient personnel to plan, operate, supervise, inspect and certify the meteorological offices and facilities and provide the meteorological services listed in the applicants exposition.
6.2
Each applicant shall establish procedures: 1. To provide training for meteorological personnel in accordance with the WMO requirements contained in WMO publication 258 and supplement 1 to WMO 258 as well as WMP 49, Vol. 1 and 2. 2. To assess the competence in accordance with WMO requirements of those personnel who are authorised by the applicant to a. place facilities listed in the applicants exposition into operational service; and b. produce and release meteorological information; and 3. Establish a procedure to maintain and develop the competence of those authorised personnel; and 4. Provide those authorised personnel with written evidence of the scope of their authorisation.
7
7.1
Site Requirements
Each applicant for the grant of a meteorological service certificate shall determine which meteorological office/s they wish to establish. These shall be one or more of the following 1. A meteorological office either located at, or associated with an aerodrome to carry out some or all of the following tasks as required to meet the requirements of flight operations at the aerodrome: a. prepare and/or obtain forecasts complying with Annex 3 format and validity requirements for b. departing aircraft c. local meteorological conditions; or
d. maintain a continuous watch of meteorological conditions 7
over the aerodrome/s for which it prepares forecasts; or e. provide briefing, consultation and flight documentation to crew members and other flight operations personnel; or f. supply other meteorological information, complying with Annex 3 format requirements, to aeronautical users including:
g. routine observations and reports; h. special observations and reports; i. j. k. l. aerodrome warnings; wind shear warnings; other warnings as locally agreed or display available meteorological information; information with other
m. exchange meteorological meteorological offices; or
n. supply information on pre-eruption volcanic activity, volcanic eruptions or ash cloud to associated ATS units, AIS units and meteorological watch offices as per letters of agreement; or 2. A meteorological watch office which shall a. maintain a watch over meteorological conditions affecting flight operations within the watch offices area of responsibility; and b. prepare and supply SIGMET and other information related to its area of responsibility to associated air traffic services; and c. disseminate SIGMET information by AFTN;
d. when required by regional air navigation agreements or letters of agreement e. prepare AIRMET information related to its area of responsibility; f. supply AIRMET information to associated ATS units;
g. disseminate AIRMET information; h. supply information on pre-eruption volcanic activity, volcanic eruptions or ash cloud, for which a SIGMET has not been issued, to its associated ATS units, AIS units . as per letters of agreement, and to its associated VAAC as determined by regional air navigation agreement; i. supply information received concerning the accidental release of radioactive materials into the atmosphere in the area for which it has responsibility, or in adjacent areas to its associated ATS units, AIS units as per letters of agreement.
3. An aeronautical meteorological station which shall a. be established at aerodromes and offshore structures as deemed necessary by the Meteorological Authority to support both international air operations and off shore helicopter operations; b. make routine observations at fixed intervals; c. at aerodromes, make special observations whenever specified changes occur in respect of surface wind, 8
visibility, runway visual range, present weather, clouds and /or air temperature. 7.2 Each applicant for the grant of a meteorological service certificate shall establish procedures to ensure that 1. Each of the meteorological offices and facilities listed in their exposition is a. sited and configured in accordance with security measures designed to prevent unlawful or accidental interference; and b. provided with suitable power supplies and means to ensure appropriate continuity of service; and 2. The equipment is sited in accordance with ICAO Doc 8896; and 3. When applicable, each remote weather sensing facility listed in their exposition is installed and maintained in a technically appropriate position to ensure that the facility provides an accurate representation of the local meteorological conditions.
8
8.1
Communication Requirements
Each applicant for the grant of a meteorological service certificate shall establish communication systems and procedures to ensure that each of the meteorological offices and facilities listed in their exposition can provide the meteorological information for which it was established in a timely reliable manner. The communication systems and procedures must be able to handle the volume and nature of the meteorological information being communicated so that no meteorological information is delayed to the extent that the information becomes out of date
9
9.1
Input Requirements
Each applicant for the grant of a meteorological services certificate shall establish procedures to obtain input meteorological information appropriate to the meteorological service being provided. The procedures shall ensure that: 1. Each meteorological office and facility listed in the applicants exposition that provides a forecast service has continuous access to appropriate historical, real-time, and other meteorological information for the applicants forecast areas; and 2. Each meteorological office and facility listed in the applicants exposition that provides a meteorological briefing service in person or by any other interactive visual means, has adequate display and briefing resources available for the briefings; and 3. Each meteorological office and facility listed in the applicants exposition that provides a meteorological reporting service has adequate observing systems to supply adequate, accurate and timely meteorological reports in accordance with the requirements of Annex 3 Chapter 4; and 4. Each meteorological office and facility listed in the applicants exposition that provides a meteorological watch service has adequate meteorological information to supply an adequate, accurate and timely meteorological watch service; and 5. Each meteorological office and facility listed in the applicants exposition that provides a climatology service has adequate 9
meteorological information for the preparation of climatological information; and 6. Aircraft reports and observations are processed appropriately according to the service being provided by the meteorological office.
10
10.1
Output Requirements
Each applicant for the grant of a meteorological services certificate shall: 1. Identify the output meteorological information provided by each meteorological service listed in their exposition; and 2. Determine the standards and formats for that output meteorological information, in accordance with the requirements of the relevant chapter and appendix of Annex 3 as well as the requirements of Attachments A, B and C of Annex 3.
10.2
Each applicant for the grant of a meteorological services certificate shall establish procedures to ensure that the meteorological information supplied by each meteorological office and facility listed in their exposition complies with the standards and formats determined under paragraph 10.1 Each applicant for the grant of a meteorological services certificate shall establish procedures to ensure that the meteorological information supplied by each meteorological office and facility listed in their exposition is consistent with ICAO Human Factors principles and shall be in forms which require a minimum of interpretation by users. Holders of meteorological service certificates shall establish letters of agreement or similar service provision agreements with the users of the applicants meteorological service/s, covering the users requirements including notification requirements. Each applicant for the grant of a meteorological services certificate with respect to a meteorological briefing service, wishing to automate an information bulletin shall obtain GCAA acceptance of the automated system in accordance with CAAP XX Operational Approvals (under development) Where the automated system is to include aeronautical information required by CAR Part VIII, Subpart 2, Section F, agreement with the provider of the AIS Briefing service will be required.
10.3
10.4
10.5
10.6
Each applicant for the grant of a meteorological services certificate with respect to a meteorological reporting service, shall establish procedures to ensure that the reports issued comply with the requirements of Annex 3, Chapter 4.
11
11.1
Facility Requirements
Each applicant for the grant of a meteorological services certificate shall establish procedures to ensure that all electronic data processing facilities used in the acquisition, compilation, computing, access or dissemination of meteorological information are of a nature, configuration and capability to ensure the adequacy, accuracy and timeliness of that meteorological and related information. At aerodromes with runways intended for Category II and III ILS operations, automated equipment for measuring or assessing, as appropriate, and for monitoring and remote indicating of surface wind, 10
11.2
visibility, RVR, cloud base height, air and dew-point temperatures and atmospheric pressure shall be installed to support approach, landing and takeoff operations. These devices shall be integrated automatic systems for the acquisition, processing, dissemination and display in real time of the meteorological parameters affecting landing and takeoff operations. Human factor principles should be observed in the design of these devices 11.3 At aerodromes with runways intended for Category I ILS operations, the requirements of paragraph 11.2 should be met.
12
12.1
Documentation
Each applicant for the grant of a meteorological services certificate shall hold copies of meteorological office manuals, facility manuals, technical standards and practices, procedure manuals and any other documentation that is necessary for the provision of the meteorological services listed in their exposition. These documents shall include, but are not limited to: 1. Annex 3; 2. ICAO Doc 7030; 3. ICAO Doc 7192; 4. ICAO Doc 8896; 5. ICAO Doc 9328; 6. ICAO Doc 9377; 7. ICAO Doc 9708; 8. ICAO Doc 9837; 9. ICAO Doc 9859. 10. WMO Publication 49 11. WMO Publication 258
12.2
Each applicant for the grant of a meteorological services certificate shall establish a procedure to control the documentation required by paragraph 12.1. The procedure shall ensure that: 1. The documentation is reviewed and authorised by appropriate personnel before issue; and 2. Current issues of relevant documentation are available to personnel at all locations where they need access to such documentation for the provision of the meteorological services listed in the applicants exposition; and 3. Obsolete documentation is promptly removed from all points of issue or use; and 4. Changes to documentation are reviewed and approved by appropriate personnel; and 5. The current version of each item of documentation can be identified to preclude the use of out of date editions.
11
13
13.1
Periodic Inspection, Testing and Calibration

Each applicant for the grant of a meteorological services certificate shall establish procedures for 1. The periodic inspection of each aeronautical meteorological office listed in the applicants exposition; and 2. The periodic inspection, testing and calibration of each facility listed in the applicants exposition.
13.2
The procedures shall ensure that 1. Appropriate inspection equipment and systems are available to personnel for the inspection of each meteorological office; and 2. Appropriate inspection, measuring and test equipment and systems are available to personnel for the inspection, testing and calibration of each facility; and 3. The inspection, measuring and test equipment and systems have the precision and accuracy necessary for the inspections, measurements and tests being carried out; and 4. All meteorological sensing facilities are calibrated and configured so that the environmental sensors fitted or incorporated yield, as far as possible, reliable, accurate and representative meteorological information.
14
14.1
Release of Meteorological Information

Each applicant for the grant of a meteorological services certificate shall establish procedures for 1. The release of meteorological information meteorological office listed in their exposition; and from each
2. The placing of facilities listed in their exposition into operational service. 14.2 The procedures shall ensure that persons authorised to supervise the production and release of meteorological information and persons authorised to place meteorological facilities into operational service have been assessed as competent under the procedures required by paragraph 6.2.
15
15.1
Notification of Meteorological Office and Facility Status

Each applicant for the grant of a meteorological services certificate shall establish procedures to notify the users of the applicants meteorological services of relevant operational information and of any changes in the operational status of each meteorological office or facility listed in the applicants exposition. The applicant must ensure that the procedures established under paragraph 15.1 require 1. The operational information for each of the applicants meteorological services that support the UAE air navigation system or an air traffic service to be forwarded to the Aeronautical Information Service for publication in the UAE AIP; and 2. The users of a meteorological office or facility to be notified
15.2
12
without delay of any change in the operational status of the meteorological office or facility if the change may affect the safety of air navigation. For those meteorological offices and facilities published in the UAE AIP, the information concerning any change to their operational status must be forwarded to the AIS for the issue of a NOTAM.
16
16.1
Meteorological Information Check after Accident or Incident

Each applicant for the grant of a meteorological services certificate shall establish procedures for checking the adequacy, accuracy and timeliness of any of their meteorological information that may have been used by an aircraft or an air traffic service involved in an accident or incident. The procedures shall ensure that 1. The checks are carried out as soon as practicable after notification to the applicants organisation of such an accident or incident; and 2. Copies of the meteorological information are kept in a secure place for possible use by any subsequent investigation.
16.2
17
17.1
Records
Each applicant for the grant of a meteorological services certificate shall establish procedures to identify, collect, index, store, maintain and dispose of the records that are necessary for the supply of the meteorological services listed in their exposition. The procedures shall ensure that 1. There is a record of the input meteorological information obtained under the procedures required by paragraph 9; and 2. There is a record of all output meteorological information identified under paragraph 10; and 3. The records specified in paragraph 17.2.1 and .2 are retained for a period of at least 30 days or for such longer period as may be required by the Director, Aviation Security and Infrastructure; and 4. There is a record for each meteorological office and facility listed in the applicants exposition, in order to document the performance of each meteorological office and facility and to provide a traceable history of its maintenance, service and product quality, its periodic inspections, and the person responsible for each of these activities; and 5. There is a record of the equipment and systems used for verification, inspection, testing and calibration under the procedures required by paragraph 13. The record shall provide a traceable history of the location, maintenance and calibration checks for the equipment and systems; and 6. There is a record of each occurrence of erroneous meteorological information reported and of each malfunction detected under the procedures required by paragraph 18.5. The record shall detail the nature of the erroneous meteorological information or malfunction and the findings of the investigation and the follow-up corrective actions; and 7. There is a record of each internal quality review of the applicants organisation carried out under the procedures required by 13
17.2
paragraph 18. The records shall detail the part or activity of the organisation that was reviewed, the findings of the review and any necessary follow-up corrective actions; and 8. There is a record for each person who is authorised by the applicant to supervise the production and release of meteorological information and for each person who is authorised by the applicant to place facilities into operational service. The record shall include details of their experience, qualifications, training and current authorisations; and 9. All records are legible and of a permanent nature; and 10. All records other than those required by paragraph 17.2.1 and .2 are retained for at least one year, or for such longer period as may be required by the Director, in order to establish a history of the performance of the meteorological services.
18
18.1
Quality Assurance
Each applicant for the grant of a meteorological services certificate shall establish internal quality assurance procedures, to ensure compliance with, and the adequacy of, the procedures and systems required by this Subpart. The quality system established in accordance with 18.1 shall conform to ISO 9000 standards and shall be certified by an approved organisation. The person who has responsibility for internal quality assurance shall have direct access to the Chief Executive on matters affecting the adequacy, accuracy and timeliness of meteorological information. When the quality assurance procedures indicate that meteorological information to be supplied does not comply with the output requirements of paragraph 10.2, and automatic error correction procedures are not appropriate, such information shall not be supplied to the users unless it is validated with the originator. The quality system shall include procedures and resources for 1. The routine verification of meteorological information obtained and provided by the applicant; and 2. The assessment of the timeliness of transmission of messages or bulletins.
18.2
18.3
18.4
18.5
18.6
Each applicant for the grant of a meteorological services certificate shall establish procedures 1. To identify, record, notify, investigate and rectify any report of erroneous meteorological information; and 2. To identify, record, notify, investigate and rectify any detected malfunction in the facilities and meteorological services listed in their exposition that may result in the supply of erroneous meteorological information; and 3. To notify without delay all users that have received the erroneous meteorological information; and 4. To notify the Director of Aviation Security and Infrastructure, within 12 hours, of those malfunctions that cannot be remedied within 72 hours; and 5. For the continuation of malfunction status reports in the event that such reports are required by the Director, Aviation Security and 14
Infrastructure.
19
19.1
Safety Management
Each applicant for the grant of a meteorological services certificate shall establish a safety management system in accordance with CAR Part X. The safety management system shall include: 1. Hazard identification; and 2. Risk management; and 3. Safety assurance; and 4. Safety performance monitoring and measurement; and 5. Change management; and 6. Management Reviews.
19.2
20
20.1
Organisation Exposition
Each applicant for the grant of a meteorological services certificate shall provide the Director with an exposition which shall contain 1. A statement signed by the Chief Executive on behalf of the applicants organisation confirming that the exposition and any included manuals a. define the organisation and demonstrate its means and methods for ensuring ongoing compliance with this Subpart; and b. will be complied with at all times; and 2. The titles and names of the person or persons required by paragraphs 6.1.1 and 6.1.2; and 3. The duties and responsibilities of the person or persons specified in paragraph 20.1.2; and 4. An organisation chart showing lines of responsibility of the persons specified in paragraph 20.1.2; and 5. A summary of the applicants staffing structure at each meteorological office listed under paragraph 20.1.7.a; and 6. A list of the meteorological services to be covered by the certificate; and 7. A list providing a. the location of each meteorological office operated by the applicant; and b. the location of each facility operated by the applicant that provides meteorological information directly to the users; and c. the meteorological services provided by each of those meteorological offices and facilities; and covered by such
d. the locations and airspace meteorological services; and
8. Details of the applicants output meteorological information identified under paragraph 10.1.1 and the standards and formats for that information determined under paragraph 10.1.2; and 9. Details of the applicants procedures and systems required by 15
a. paragraph 6.2 regarding competence of personnel; and b. paragraph 7 regarding site requirements; and c. paragraph 8 regarding communication requirements; and
d. paragraph 9 regarding meteorological service input requirements; and e. paragraph 10 regarding meteorological service output requirements; and f. paragraph 11 regarding facility requirements; and
g. paragraph 12.2 regarding control of documents; and h. paragraph 13 regarding verifications, inspections, tests and calibrations; and i. paragraph 14 regarding release of meteorological information and the placing of facilities into operational service; and paragraph 15 regarding notification of meteorological office and facility status; and paragraph 16 regarding meteorological information checks after notification of an accident or incident; and paragraph 17 regarding identification, collection, indexing, storage, maintenance and disposal of records; and
j. k. l.
m. paragraph 18 regarding internal quality assurance of the organisation; and n. paragraph 19 requirements regarding safety management
10. Procedures to control, amend and distribute the exposition. 20.2 The applicants exposition shall be acceptable to the Director, Aviation Security and Infrastructure.

21.1
Each holder of a meteorological service certificate shall 1. Hold at least one complete and current copy of their exposition at each meteorological office specified in their exposition; and 2. Comply with all procedures and systems detailed in their exposition; and 3. Make each applicable part of their exposition available to personnel who require those parts to carry out their duties; and 4. Continue to meet the standards and comply with the requirements of Subpart B prescribed for certification under CAR Part VIII, Subpart 7; and 5. Notify the Director, Aviation Security and Infrastructure, of any change of address, telephone or facsimile number, or e-mail address required by the GCAA within 28 days of the change.
16
22
22.1
Operations Manual
Each applicant for the grant of a meteorological services certificate shall provide an operations manual for each meteorological office listed in their exposition. The manual shall set out the procedures for the operation and maintenance of the meteorological office and associated facilities and shall include a list of 1. The meteorological information and meteorological services provided; and 2. The minimum acceptable operating parameters and standards for facilities; and 3. The minimum meteorological inputs required; and 4. The minimum performance and quality levels for output meteorological information and meteorological services provided; and 5. The test equipment and systems required for the measurement of the minimum levels listed under paragraph 22.1.4 6. Any mandatory check procedures for releasing meteorological information. The applicant shall ensure that the operations manual is kept up to date with respect to amendments to Annex 3.
23
23.1
Limitations on Certificate Holder

The holder of a meteorological service certificate shall not 1. Provide meteorological information where the meteorological input information required to provide that meteorological information is not available; or 2. Provide meteorological information where the operational performance of the meteorological office or facility producing that meteorological information does not meet the applicable requirements; or 3. Provide meteorological information where any integrity monitoring system associated with that meteorological information is not fully functional; or provide meteorological information where any required verification, inspection, test or calibration relating to that meteorological information has not been completed; or 4. Provide meteorological information where there is any cause whatsoever to suspect the integrity of that meteorological information.
24
24.1
Changes to a Certificate Holders organisation

Each holder of a meteorological service certificate shall ensure that their exposition is amended so as to remain a current description of the holders organisation and meteorological services provided. The certificate holder shall ensure that any amendments made to the holders exposition meet the applicable requirements of Subpart 7 and comply with the amendment procedures contained in the holders exposition. The certificate holder shall provide the Director with a copy of each amendment to their exposition as soon after its incorporation into the 17
24.2
24.3
exposition as practicable. 24.4 Where a certificate holder proposes to make a change to any of the following , prior notification to and acceptance by the Director is required 1. The Chief Executive; or 2. The listed person/s; 3. The meteorological services the holder provides; 4. The locations and airspace covered by each of the meteorological services the holder provides. 24.5 The Director may prescribe conditions under which a certificate holder may operate during or following any changes specified in paragraph 24.4. The certificate holder shall comply with any conditions prescribed under paragraph 24.5. Where any of the changes referred to in this Rule require an amendment to the certificate, the certificate holder shall forward the certificate to the Director as soon as practicable. The certificate holder shall make any amendments to the holders exposition as the Director may consider necessary in the interests of aviation safety.
24.6
24.7
24.8
25
25.1

The Director may, in writing, require the holder of a meteorological service certificate to undergo or carry out such inspections and audits of the holders meteorological offices, facilities, documents and records as the Director consider necessary in the interests of civil aviation safety and security in accordance with Article 7.10 of the GCAA Law. The Director may require from the holder of a meteorological service certificate such information as the Director considers relevant to the inspection or audit.
25.2
18
APPENDIX 1 APPLICATION FOR A METEOROLOGICAL SERVICE CERTIFICATE
APPLICATION FOR METEOROLOGICAL SERVICES CERTIFICATE
One copy of the Meteorological Service Organisations Exposition and Maintenance Manual, prepared in accordance with the Civil Aviation Regulations, is enclosed with this application. The Certificate will be based on the particulars contained in the Meteorological Service Organisations Exposition On behalf of the Administrative Authority named above, I certify that the information contained in the Meteorological Service Organisation Exposition is correct in every respect and that no relevant information has been withheld.
Name
Signature
Date
Met Form 01:
19
CAR PART VIII SUBPART 8 SEARCH & RESCUE ORGANISATIONS TO BE DEVELOPED
CAR Part VIII Subpart 9, LOW VISIBILITY PROCEDURES
CAR PART VIII SUBPART 9 LOW VISIBILITY PROCEDURES
CAR Part VIII Subpart 9, LOW VISIBILITY OPERATIONS
SECTION A - INTRODUCTION .................................................................... 6 1 2 INTRODUCTION ........................................................................... 6 DEFINITIONS AND ACRONYMS .. ............................................................................ 7
SECTION B LOW VISIBILITY SAFETY ASSESSMENT ..................................................... 7 3 4 INTRODUCTION . .......................................................................... 7 ORGANISATION ........................................................................... 7
SECTION C OBSTACLE CONTROL ......................................................................... 9 5 6 7 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................ 9
APPROACH / LANDING SURFACES .......................................................................... 9 TAKE-OFF / CLIMB SURFACES ............................................................................ 9
SECTION D COMMUNICATIONS.. ...................................................................... 10 8 9 10 11 12 13 INTRODUCTION ....................................................................... 10 REQUIREMENTS . ................................................................. 10 REQUIREMENTS FOR DIRECT SPEECH CIRCUITS ............................................. 10 REQUIREMENTS FOR RADIOTELEPHONY (RTF) ................................................. 10 RECORDING ..................................................................... 10 SECONDARY POWER SUPPLY .......................................................................... 11
SECTION E NON-VISUAL AIDS ..................................................................... 11 14 15 INTRODUCTION .. ..................................................................... 11 ILS .......................................................................... 11
SECTION F VISUAL AIDS. ................................................................... 12 16 17 18 INTRODUCTION . . ......................................................................... 13 NOTIFICATION OF STATUS OF VISUAL AIDS ....................................................... 13 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS .. .......................................................................... 13 2
19 20 21 22
PAVEMENT MARKINGS . . ......................................................................... 13 SIGNS . .......................................................................... 14 LIGHTING .. ........................................................................ 14 SECONDARY POWER SUPPLY .......................................................................... 15
SECTION G SURFACE MOVEMENT PROCEDURES ..................................................... 16 23 24 25 26 27 INTRODUCTION ....................................................................... 16 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS .. .......................................................................... 16 STANDARD TAXI ROUTES.. ......................................................................... 16 SURFACE MOVEMENT RADAR FALLBACK PROCEDURES .......................................................................... 17 .......................................................................... 17
SECTION H AIR TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES ........................................... 17 28 29 30 31 32 33 INTRODUCTION . ........................................................ 17 INITIATION/CANCELLATION OF LOW VISIBILITY PROCEDURES ........................ 17 LOW VISIBILITY PROCEDURES .......................................................................... 18
AIR TRAFFIC FLOW MANAGEMENT (ATFM) .......................................................... 18 TRAINING.. ......................................................................... 19 RECORDS .. ......................................................................... 19
SECTION I -- METEOROLOGICAL SERVICES ................................................................... 19 34 35 36 37 INTRODUCTION . .......................................................................... 19 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS .. .......................................................................... 20 RVR . ......................................................................... 20 CEILING . ......................................................................... 21
SECTION J AERONAUTICAL INFORMATION SERVICES ............................................... 21 38 39 INTRODUCTION .. .......................................................................... 21
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS . ......................................................................... 21 3
40 41
AIP / NOTAM .......................................................................... 21 AUTOMATIC TERMINAL INFORMATION SERVICE (ATIS) ..................................... 22
SECTION K AERODROME FACILITIES ......................................................................... 22 42 43 44 45 46 47 INTRODUCTION .. .......................................................................... 22
RESPONSIBILITY ............................................................ 23 APRON MANAGEMENT .......................................................................... 23 RESCUE AND FIRE FIGHTING . .......................................................................... 23 GROUND VEHICLES .. .......................................................................... 23 SECURITY . .......................................................................... 24

Initial Issue
November
CIVIL AVIATION REGULATIONS PART VIII, SUBPART 9, LOW VISIBILITY OPERATION IS A RE-WRITE OF CHAPTER 16, CAR PART 8.
2009
Section A - Introduction 1
1.1
Introduction
The Low Visibility Regulations contained herein address the safety and regularity issues related to: 1. Approaches and landings in Category II and Category III meteorological conditions; 2. Take offs in RVR less than 550 metres; 3. Control of surface movements in meteorological conditions not permitting ATS to be carried out with visual reference.
1.2
The additional measures required to support safe operations at an airport in Low Visibility Conditions (LVC) shall be specified in local procedures as Low Visibility Procedures (LVP) These regulations prescribe the circumstances in which LVP are required as well as the requirements to be addressed by these procedures.
1.3
These regulations prescribe the circumstances in which Low Visibility Procedures (LVP) are required as well as the requirements to be addressed by these procedures. LVPs shall be established to: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Prevent collisions between aircraft on the ground; and Prevent collisions between aircraft and vehicles; and Prevent runway incursions; and Protect and extend the integrity of ground based navigation equipment; and Extend protection from obstacles and confusing lighting effects; and Maintain continuity of service of visual and non-visual aids; and Extend ability to give adequate guidance to rescue and fire fighting services; and Extend meteorological services; and Provide reporting for enforcement and monitoring of safety levels.
1.4
1.5
Low Visibility Operations (LVO) at UAE airports are subject to approval by the GCAA. This process is divided into two stages: 1. Approval of facilities and procedures at an airport; and 2. Approval of an operator to carry out LVO at an approved airport.
1.6
The requirements for approval of facilities and procedures at an airport are set out in this subpart of CAR Part VIII. Applications shall be forwarded to: The Director, Aviation Security and Infrastructure General Civil Aviation Authority P.O.BOX 6558 Abu Dhabi
1.7
For LVOs to runways or facilities not previously approved by the GCAA, interim approval of LVP will be granted based on submissions of satisfactory documentation as set out in paragraph 3 Following satisfactory operations based on interim approval, permanent approval will be issued with a validity period not exceeding two years. Renewal of permanent approvals will be subject to a safety assessment based on records covering all aspects of the LVOs.
1.8
1.9
The requirements for approval of an operator to carry out LVOs are set out in the UAE AIP, ENR 1.5 Certain requirements in this Subpart have been incorporated in Part IX of the CARs, first issued on 01 January 2002. Redundant text will be deleted in a subsequent amendment.
2
2.1

Section B Low Visibility Safety Assessment 3

3.1
Introduction
When a runway or airport is to be considered for approval of LVOs, an appropriate level of facilities and additional Due to the more demanding nature of LVOs, there will normally be restrictions curtailing movement rates during LVC. While this may be acceptable at airports with low volumes of traffic under LVC, application of additional means such as improved lighting systems or Surface Movement Radar may be necessary to maintain required capacity. The safety assessment shall consider the operational requirements of the airport and assess the need for additional measures to maintain the desired capacity. The end requirement of the safety assessment is to provide the means to institute the necessary equipment and procedures to maintain the required movement capacity at the airport and ensure that these operations are conducted safely.
3.2
3.3
4
4.1
Organisation
To ensure that all ground environment elements are properly integrated into the total system, the airport operator shall form a working group composed of representatives of all sections concerned with equipment or services associated with low visibility operations. These shall include, but not be limited to, air traffic services, meteorological services, the engineering section(s) responsible for establishment and/or maintenance of visual and non-visual aids and power supply, rescue and fire fighting services, airport security, ground support providers and major operators. The group shall appoint a coordinator who shall be responsible for the accomplishment of the whole task.
4.2
A preliminary safety assessment shall be carried out to ensure that an adequate level of safety can be achieved during LVOs. The safety assessment shall be carried out in accordance with these regulations and appropriate ICAO documentation. An assessment of the magnitude of any increase in operating risk resulting from lack of control by visual means shall be made, taking into account the lowest RVR at which operations are planned. The purpose of the safety assessment is to eliminate this risk by the application of additional control techniques, procedures and aids which will constitute the LVP for the airport. The working group shall identify required actions to be taken and establish a work programme encompassing all issues related to LVO. The airport operator shall appoint and maintain an organisation to ensure that facilities, equipment and operating conditions are in accordance with current safety regulation and local instructions. The size and organisation of such a body shall be adjusted to local conditions in order to ensure adequate monitoring of airport operations. This system shall include routines for initiating corrective 7
4.3
4.4
actions when deviations from described standards are detected. 4.5 The working group shall carry out and document a preparatory process, including a timetable for completion of preliminary studies, installation and verification of visual and non-visual aids and for development of procedures required to ensure safe operations in LVC. Summary of actions to be taken: 1. Examination of movement statistics for aircraft and vehicles; 2. Examination of aeronautical meteorological records to establish the requirements for additional facilities and services for LVO; 3. Evaluation of meteorological limits for establishment and discontinuation of LVP; 4. Examination of instrument, measuring and recording equipment and procedures used by meteorological services; 5. Evaluation of obstacle environment against limitations surfaces specified by the GCAA; 6. Examination of the airport environs for lights that may dazzle or confuse pilots during LVO; 7. Evaluation of approach, runway and taxiway lighting, runway taxiway and apron markings as well as signage for suitability under LVC; 8. Examination of non-visual guidance systems, particularly all components of ILS and associated monitoring systems, including calibration records, for the intended type(s) of operation; 9. Examination of critical and sensitive areas for ILS components; 10. Evaluation of instructions to, and recording systems employed by, engineering support services responsible for visual and non-visual aids, meteorological instrumentation and power supply; 11. Evaluation of requirements for communications between ATC and aircraft, vehicles, rescue and fire fighting services, meteorological services, engineering support, security, apron control, other ATC units, air traffic flow management and other units/authorities/services affected by LVO; 12. Examination of terrain conditions in the final approach areas for impact on radio altimeter indications; 13. Evaluation of airport lay-out with particular attention to taxi routes between aprons and runways, ground traffic routes, service roads, ground traffic control points, movement area entrances and existing aids; 14. Evaluation of the requirements for aeronautical information material, hereunder AIP entries, aeronautical charts ,for LVO; 15. Evaluation of requirements for local aeronautical information services, hereunder communication facilities such as ATIS to provide timely information to operators; 16. Evaluation of operational Letters of Agreement for suitability for LVO; 17. Evaluation of existing ATC instructions, operational orders and company rules that are relevant to the general movement scenario; 18. Evaluation of impact on airport capacity during LVP; 19. Determination of desired movement rates during LVO; 20. Evaluation of safety requirements for safe provision of ground support services, such as re-fuelling, cleaning, maintenance, cargo-and baggage handling and catering services;
4.6
21. Examination of surveillance systems for ground movements; 22. Evaluation of marking and equipment of vehicles permitted on the movement area during LVC; 23. Evaluation of standard operating procedures for operation staff; 24. Evaluation of experience and training requirements for operational staff; 25. Evaluation of the risk of runway incursions. This shall include evaluations of records of runway incursions and taxiway junction incident; 26. Evaluation of existing airport security measures; 27. Evaluation of impact on rescue and firefighting services ability to perform in a timely and efficient manner; 28. Examination of documentation-, investigation- and reporting procedures covering movement and meteorological data, serviceability of equipment and systems as well as incidents; Note: After the initial study, the actual situation regarding paragraphs 1 through 27 shall be verified by an inspection on the airport accompanied by relevant experts and the representatives from the GCAA 4.7 The safety assessment shall be considered by the working group as part of a complete system approach and must be completed in an early stage of the implementation process. The general picture derived from the study shall identify mitigation measures to be implemented as part of the LVO approval process. A procedure shall be established to ensure that the required provisions are amended or updated as a consequence of new developments. All such changes shall be notified to and require approval from the GCAA.
4.8
Section C Obstacle Control 5

5.1 5.2
Introduction
Control of obstacles shall be based on surfaces approved by the GCAA. To accommodate aircraft making auto-coupled approaches and automatic landings, slope changes shall be limited to 2 per cent within a rectangular area with a length of not less than 300 metres immediately before the threshold of the runway and a width of 20 metres symmetrically distributed around the extended runway centre line.
6
6.1
Approach / Landing Surfaces

Obstacle restriction shall be enforced for Category II and Category III precision approach runways as detailed in Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 4 - except the inner horizontal and conical surfaces may be replaced by extending the transitional surfaces to a height of 300 metres above threshold elevation as provided for in PANS-OPS, Volume II, Part II, Section 1, Chapter 1. For Category II operations, penetration of obstacle limitation surfaces may be accommodated at the expense of increased OCA/H. For Category III operations, penetrations of approach, transitional or baulked landing surfaces are not permitted.
6.2
6.3
7
7.1
Take-off / Climb Surfaces

Dimensions of the take-off and climb surface shall be as defined in Annex 14,
Volume 1, Chapter 4 except the slope shall be 1.6 per cent
Section D Communications 8
8.1
Introduction
LVO shall be supported by adequate and reliable communications to enable immediate dissemination of essential information such as RVR, and prompt intervention to address contingency situations. Communication facilities shall encompass all branches of the airport services and agencies concerned with real-time LVO.
8.2
9
9.1
Requirements
The general requirements listed in Annex 11, Chapter communications under LVC, except as amplified herein. 6, apply to
9.2
Communication facilities shall be provided with standby power supply
10
10.1
Requirements for Direct Speech Circuits

Direct speech circuits shall be provided between aerodrome control tower and : 1. The unit providing approach control services; 2. Apron Control; 3. The Meteorological Office; 4. Maintenance personnel responsible for navigation aids; 5. Maintenance personnel responsible for visual aids; 6. Rescue and Fiore services; 7. AIS / Briefing
10.2
Direct speech circuits shall be supplemented by fallback speed dial facilities.
11
11.1
Requirements for Radiotelephony (RTF)

Separate RTF channels shall be provided for control of aircraft and vehicular traffic on the airport movement areas. All RTF frequencies used for control of aircraft or vehicles shall be supported by dual transmitters and dual receivers for operation through main headphone/speaker and microphone facilities. Additionally, a battery powered emergency transceiver shall be available and selectable to any frequency used by aerodrome control.
11.2
11.3
12
12.1
Recording
All frequencies used for the control of aircraft and ground vehicles shall be recorded. All speech circuits shall be recorded. Recordings shall be retained for at least 30 days.
12.2 12.3
10
13
13.1
Secondary Power Supply

Secondary power supply shall be provided to maintain continuity of communications services during LVP. Requirements for a secondary power supply shall be met by standby power unit(s), (generators, batteries etc) from which electrical power can be obtained. The following facilities shall be supplied with secondary power: 1. RTF Equipment; 2. Telephone equipment; 3. Any data link equipment used in support of LVO.
13.2
13.3
Section E Non-Visual Aids 14

14.1
Introduction
The conduct of LVO requires electronic guidance for aircraft on approach and for some take-off operations with particular requirements to accuracy, integrity and continuity. Non-visual guidance systems for low visibility operations require approval by the GCAA. Only systems listed this section E shall be used for guidance
14.2
15
15.1
ILS
Except as superseded by provisions in these regulations, ILS shall be configured and perform to the standards of Annex 10, Volume 1, Chapter 3. The ILS shall comprise the following basic components: 1. VHF localizer equipment, associated monitor system, remote control and indicator equipment; 2. UHF glide path equipment, associated monitor system, remote control and indicator equipment; 3. VHF marker beacons, associated monitor system, remote control and indicator equipment, or 4. UHF distance measuring equipment (DME), associated monitor system, remote control and indicator equipment.
15.2
15.3
Where provided, DME shall be co-located with the glide path antenna with zero range indication at the antenna. Where provided, DME shall be frequency paired with the localizer For Category II and III approaches, the glide path angle shall be 3 degrees. The unit(s), and position(s), tasked with provision of air traffic services within eight nautical miles from touchdown shall have direct reading of the monitoring systems For Category II and III approaches the integrity requirement for localizer equipment shall be 10.5x10-9 in any one landing. For Category II and III approaches, the continuity requirement for glide path equipment shall be 12x 10-6 in any period of 15 seconds (i.e. MTBO = 11
15.4 15.5 15.6
15.7
15.8
2000hours). 15.9 The continuity requirement for localizer equipment shall be: 1. For Category II approaches: 12x10-6 in any period of 15 seconds (i.e. MTBO = 2000hours). 2. For Category III approaches: 12x10-6 in any period of 30 seconds (i.e. MTBO = 4000hours). 15.10 All ILS components shall be equipped with dual power supply, providing a switch-over time of zero seconds. Localizer and glide path facilities shall have two continuously operating transmitters, one of which shall be connected to an antenna load, providing a switch-over time of zero seconds. A far field monitor shall be installed as part of a system used for Category III operations to monitor course alignment. The unit(s) and position(s), tasked with provision of air traffic control services within eight nautical miles from touchdown shall have direct reading of the far field monitor. For Category II localizers, the mean course line at the ILS reference datum shall be adjusted to and maintained within 4.5 metres from the runway centre line. For Category III localizers, the mean course line at the ILS reference datum shall be adjusted to and maintained within 3 metres from the runway centre line. Localizers shall not be used or configured for radiotelephone communications. The total period of radiation, including period(s) of zero radiation, outside the specified performance limits shall not exceed: 1. Two seconds for Category II localizers; 2. One second for Category III localizers; 3. One second for Category II or III glide paths. 15.17 Outages of ILS components shall be included in the bi-weekly report stipulated in paragraph 33. The ILS critical areas shall be protected at all times for all categories of precision approach operations. During these periods no personnel are permitted in the critical areas. The sensitive areas for ILS components shall be identified based on the manufacturers data and verified during the first calibration. For Category II and III operations, the sensitive areas shall be protected when approaching aircraft are close to the runways during take-off and landing operations. Sensitive areas shall be clearly identified to the aerodrome controller(s) on radar maps or charts on display. Periodic monitoring of the signal-in-space shall be made in order to detect any interference. Reports from flight crews about signal disturbances shall be investigated and special flight checks shall be made when there is reason to believe that serious interference is occurring.
15.11
15.12
15.13
15.14
15.15 15.16
15.18
15.19
15.20
15.21
Section F Visual Aids
12
16
16.1
Introduction
The requirements for visual aids will depend on the visibility conditions, the type of operations to be undertaken, the traffic density and the complexity of the aerodrome layout. LVP shall ensure that the visual aids required for aircraft operations under LVC are available. The requirements for visual aids will depend on the visibility conditions the type of operations to be undertaken, the traffic density and the complexity of the aerodrome layout.
16.2
17
17.1
Notification of Status of Visual Aids

The notification of the status of visual aids is essential for the safe operation of LVP. Changes to critical facilities and associated limitations shall be disseminated to users without delay.
18
18.1
General Requirements
The standards set out in Annex 14, Volume 1. Chapters 5, 6, 7 and 8 apply unless modified by these regulations.
19
19.1
Pavement Markings
When surface markings are the sole taxiway centre line reference to the users in LVP, they shall be made with reflective materials. Airport authorities shall ensure surface markings are kept free of contamination and are sufficiently conspicuous to the users throughout the taxi routes. Furthermore, it must be ensured that other essential markings in connection with LVP are treated accordingly. Where the underlying surface is of a light colour, dark outlining may be required to achieve adequate conspicuity. Aiming point markings shall be provided for runways intended for Category II and III landings. For runways to be used for Low Visibility Guided Take-Off and Category II or III approach and landings, the location of the taxi-holding position markings shall ensure the necessary protection of the sensitive area of the guidance signals. During LVP, taxiway intersection markings shall be implemented along the defined taxi routes to ensure adequate distances between t Continuous guidance (aircraft stand lead-in line and manoeuvring guidance lights) shall be provided from the taxiway until adequate guidance by the docking / parking system is assured. Aircraft stand markings shall be provided for designated parking positions. Aircraft stand markings shall include features to assist the pilot in correct and accurate positioning of the aircraft. This includes stand identifications, lead-in lines, turn bars, turning lines, alignment bars, stop lines and lead-out lines are required by the parking configuration and to complement other parking aids. Apron safety lines shall be provided to assist vehicle drivers in identifying the areas in which they are permitted to operate.
19.2
19.3 19.4 19.5
19.6
19.7
19.8 19.9
19.10
13
20
20.1
Signs
During LVP, the designation of taxiways, exits and entries shall be done in a manner that simplifies the orientation on the aerodrome. The lack of visual reference for pilots and vehicle drivers means that mandatory instruction signs, information signs and location signs shall be as appropriate to ensure that they are aware of their position and the direction to follow. Signs which are essential to ground operations shall be provided on both sides of the taxiway. Runway exit signs and vacated signs shall be provided. During LVC it may be required to limit the number of runway exits, taking into account the traffic density and means to control the ground operations. Taxiway and taxiway / apron intersections and intermediate holding positions shall be identified with markings and signs that are legible to the pilot in the cockpit in all visibility conditions during which the airport will be used. All runway designation signs at a taxiway / runway intersection shall be supplemented with a location sign. Each necessary taxiway holding position on the same taxiway shall be provided with a location sign consisting of the taxiway designation and a number.
20.2
20.3
20.4
On the selected taxi-routes for ground operations during LVP, the signs essential to the ground operations shall be lighted, preferably internally. The taxiway guidance system shall be published in the appropriate sections of the AIP.
20.5
21
21.1
Lighting
Strobe lighting (with or without sequencing) shall be used during Category II and III operations. Runway centre line lighting shall be provided for take-off in less than 400 metres RVR. Taxiway edge lighting combined with centreline marking is adequate for operations with RVR minima down to 350 metres. For operations with RVR less than 350 metres, centreline lighting shall be required to mark the runway exit point and to provide continuous guidance from the runway to the apron. Dependant on runway / taxiway configuration and on required capacity, switchable or additional lighting may be required to identify the nominated turnoff from the runway. Alternative taxiway centreline lights shall show green and yellow from their beginning near the runway centreline to the perimeter of the ILS sensitive area or the lower edge of the inner transitional surface, whichever is the furthest from the runway.
21.2
21.3
21.4
21.5
Spacing of taxiway lights shall be determined taking into account RVR values for intended operations and turn radii. For LVP with RVR less than 350 metres, taxiway intersection and intermediate holding position lights shall be implemented along defined taxi routes to ensure adequate distances between taxiing aircraft During LVP remote controlled stop bars, made up of red lights across the width of the taxiway, shall be provided at all taxiways giving access to active runways whether at the holding position or at its entrance unless protection against runway incursion is provided by other means such as operational procedures to 14
21.6
21.7
limit ground movements and/or suitable radar equipment for continuous monitoring of ground movements. 21.8 Where taxi-holding position marking signs and stop bars may not by themselves be adequate during LVP they shall be reinforced by runway guard lights. Lighting on a closed runway or taxiway or portion thereof shall not be operated during LVP. Guidance on aprons shall be effective to manoeuvring aircraft during all visibility conditions in which the aerodrome is used. For operations under RVR conditions less than 350 metres this may require the provision of additional means like yellow aircraft stand manoeuvring lights.
21.9
21.10
22
22.1
Secondary Power Supply

The standards contained in Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 8 shall apply, except as set out below. Secondary power supplies shall be provided to maintain the safety of operations during LVP. Secondary power supplies meeting the maximum switch over times as detailed in Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 8, Table 8-1 shall be provided according to the category of operation and RVR limits in use. Requirements for a secondary power supply shall be met by standby power unit/s, (generators, batteries etc.) from which electrical power can be obtained. The following facilities shall be supplied by secondary power: 1. Approach lighting; 2. Runway lighting; 3. Taxiway lighting; 4. Apron lighting; 5. Lighting of obstacles on the movement area; 6. Meteorological equipment; 7. Essential security lighting; 8. Essential lighting for rescue and fire fighting and other emergency agencies.
22.2
22.3
22.4
22.5
Connection to secondary power supply shall be so arranged that the facilities are automatically connected to the secondary power source on failure of the normal source of power. A system of monitoring visual aids shall be employed to ensure lighting system reliability. For runways used for operations with RVR values of 550 350 metres, the lighting systems detailed in Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 8, Table 8-1 shall be monitored so as to provide an immediate indication when the serviceability level of any element falls below the minimum serviceability level specified in Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 9, paragraphs 9.4.26-30 or other level as detailed by the GCAA. This information shall be automatically relayed to the aerodrome controller and displayed in a prominent position.
22.6
22.7
15
Section G Surface Movement Procedures 23

23.1
Introduction
A Surface Movement Guidance and Control System (SMGCS) shall be installed at airports intended for use under LVC to assist in prevention of incursions of aircraft and vehicles on active runways and associated critical and sensitive areas for ILS components. The sophistication of the SMGCS and the associated operational limitations shall be commensurate with the aerodrome layout, expected movement rates and the aerodrome operating minima. For airports with low traffic density and a suitable lighting control system, LVP may simply ensure that only one aircraft at a time is allowed on the manoeuvring area and that vehicle traffic is avoided on the manoeuvring area. Pilots can be expected to see and avoid other traffic at visibilities down to 350 metre RVR. Below this visibility, operations will only be approved when the task of separating and spacing aircraft and/or vehicles on the manoeuvring area is shared by ATC. To perform this task, Surface Movement Radar (SMR) will be required to monitor traffic and provide navigational assistance to rescue and fire fighting vehicles. The ground navigation of aircraft (location and taxiing, excluding separation) shall be based on the use of visual aids available to the pilot. Aircraft and vehicles operating on the manoeuvring area shall provided with the necessary means to establish and maintain their positions (location signs, stop-bars) and to follow a defined route (selective taxiing, centreline lights, guidance signs) in LVC. In every case the provision of the equipment on the ground shall be supported by detailed procedures covering the use of the equipment and clearly defining responsibilities for those involved in supporting LVO.
23.2
23.3
23.4
23.5
23.6
24
24.1
The general requirements of Annex 14, Volume 1, shall apply for surface movement and control systems. Intersection take-offs shall not be permitted under LVC. Runways shall not be used as taxi routes under LVC. Except as required for safety reasons, vehicles shall not be permitted on the manoeuvring area under LVP and service roads shall be used whenever possible irrespective of increased driving distances.
24.2 24.3 24.4
25
25.1
Standard Taxi Routes

Standard taxi routes shall be established and enforced under LVC to facilitate navigation, reduce traffic complexity and minimise risk of runway incursions. Standard taxi routes shall minimise manoeuvring between runway and apron. SMGCS and signs shall support standard taxi routes. Standard taxi routes shall be indicated on charts.
25.2 25.3 25.4
16
26
26.1
Surface Movement Radar

Surface Movement Radar (SMR) shall be provided for the manoeuvring area: 1. At airports intended for use in RVR conditions less that 350 metres; 2. Where airport layout is complex and/or visual guidance makes surveillance required to protect the runway/s and sensitive areas from incursions; 3. Where traffic density and operating conditions are such that regularity of traffic flow cannot be maintained by alternative procedures and facilities.
26.2
SMR shall be used for: 1. Confirmation that the runway and associated critical and sensitive areas are clear of aircraft, vehicles and other obstructions prior to a departure or landing; 2. Ensuring that a departing aircraft is lined up on the correct runway; 3. Ascertaining that a departing aircraft has commenced take-off run; 4. Guiding and monitor aircraft and vehicles on the manoeuvring area as required; 5. Expediting surface traffic flows by directing along optimum routings; 6. Providing guidance to emergency vehicles; 7. Ensuring pushback will not conflict with traffic on the manoeuvring area.
27
27.1
Fallback Procedures
When an essential component of the surface movement equipment is temporarily unserviceable or does not meet the minimum performance or technical requirements, the operational use of the aerodrome shall be restricted and, as a consequence, the traffic movement rate will be limited. Detailed fallback procedures shall be established to address failures of essential components of the SMGCS.
27.2
Section H Air Traffic Management Procedures 28

28.1
Introduction
The actual LVP required at an airport will depend on the type of operations conducted. The types of operations requiring approved LVP are specified in paragraph 1.1.1 The general provisions in ICAO Doc 4444, PANS RAC shall apply. Local ATS Instructions (LATSI) shall specify types of approved LVO along with associated procedures.
28.2 28.3
29
29.1 29.2
Initiation/Cancellation of Low Visibility Procedures

LVO shall be initiated by the aerodrome control tower. The aerodrome control tower shall inform the approach control unit concerned when procedures for precision approach category II/III and low visibility operations will be applied and also when such procedures are discontinued. 17
29.3
Approved checklists shall be used by the aerodrome control tower for initiation and cancellation of LVP.
30
30.1
Low Visibility Procedures

Criteria for Category II/III status shall be clearly established. For each segment of the overall system, the aerodrome controller shall have the following instruction in case of full or partial failure(s): 1. Downgrade LVO for all aircraft movements; 2. Continue LVO for specified types/categories of movements; 3. Continue LVO without restrictions
30.2
Based on the defined and approved criteria as detailed herein, ATC shall communicate the low visibility status of the airport / runway to pilots. The LATSI shall contain detailed procedures for the following: 1. The RVR values at which the LVP shall be implemented; 2. Minimum ILS equipment requirements for Category II/III operations; 3. Other facilities and aids, such as lighting, required for category II/III operations; 4. Criteria for and circumstances under which ILS equipment requirements from category II/III operations capability shall be made; 5. Runway holding positions to be used; 6. Minimum spacing between an arriving and a departing aircraft to ensure protection of the sensitive and critical areas; 7. Minimum spacing between successive approaching aircraft; 8. Procedures to verify that aircraft and vehicles have vacated the runway and sensitive areas for ILS components; 9. Procedures applicable to separation of aircraft on the manoeuvring area; 10. Procedures applicable to separation of aircraft and vehicles; 11. Staffing of operational positions.
30.3
30.4
The extent of critical and sensitive areas surrounding ILS components for the runway(s) in use for LVO shall be displayed in graphical / pictorial form for the aerodrome controller. When take-off is carried out on a runway with a radiating localizer, the protected area for the localizer shall be kept clear of all vehicles, aircraft or mobile objects. Spacing between successive aircraft on final shall be determined and included in local instructions for the aerodrome control tower and the unit providing approach control service.
30.5
30.6
31
31.1
Air Traffic Flow Management (ATFM)

Impact on airport / runway capacity shall be reflected in procedures to be established between the aerodrome control tower and the unit providing approach control service. The requirement for ATFM measures shall be determined and included in a Letter of Agreement with Emirates ACC.
31.2
18
32
32.1
Training
ATS staff involved in LVO shall be trained in knowledge and application of the approved procedures. Understanding and skills shall be demonstrated as part of periodic competency checking. The training syllabus shall include handling of failures and emergency situations.
32.2
33
33.1
Records
Excerpts from the airport movement log for periods when LVP have been implemented shall be forwarded to the GCAA at the end of every two week period. 1. Reporting shall be made in the following format: 2. Aircraft callsign; 3. Aircraft type; 4. Type of movement (ARR/DEP); 5. Date and time of movement (touchdown/start of take-off roll/ missed approach); 6. RVR measurements. For periods without LVO, a nil report shall be forwarded.
33.2
A record of all vehicle movements on the manoeuvring area shall be maintained when LVP are implemented. This record shall include: 1. Vehicle callsign: 2. Purpose of entry onto manoeuvring area; 3. Position / route; 4. Time of entry to manoeuvring area; 5. Time of exit from manoeuvring area.
33.3 33.4
The vehicle movement record shall be retained for 31 days. All incidents relating to LVO shall be reported to the GCAA for follow-up and / or monitoring of safety levels and trends. Training material and records shall be retained for a period of not less than one year after the staff member has ceased involvement in LVO.
33.5
Section I -- Meteorological Services 34

34.1
Introduction
Under LVC, operators needs for real-time meteorological data increase in order to ensure approaches, landings and take-offs are conducted within the certified capabilities of equipment and personnel. The key elements to initiate LVP are cloud ceiling and visibility or RVR. The visibility criteria may be based on RVR or meteorological visibility, depending on the type of operations being conducted. The aerodrome LVP shall include the specific visibility/RVR and cloud ceiling values for the implementation of LVPs and these shall be published in the AIP. 19
34.2
34.3
35
35.1
Except as specified below, meteorological services shall be provided in accordance with the general requirements of Annex3. Meteorological observation systems shall include automated equipment for measuring or evaluating, as appropriate, and for monitoring and remote indication of surface wind, and other parameters affecting landing and take-off operations as detailed below. Where high movement rates are required, these devices shall be integrated automatic systems for acquisition, processing, dissemination / display in real time of the meteorological parameters affecting landing and take-off operations. Design of these systems shall observe principles for human factors.
35.2
35.3
Meteorological instruments shall be exposed, operated and maintained in accordance with the practises procedures and specifications promulgated by the World Meteorological Organisation (WMO). Meteorological instruments shall be inspected by a suitably qualified external agency at least once every twelve months. Meteorological records shall be retained for a minimum of 12 months. Special reports (SPECIs) shall be made and disseminated when: 1. The visibility changes to or passes 800 or 1550 metres; 2. RVR visibility changes to or passes 150, 350, 600 or 800 metres; 3. The height of base of the lowest cloud layer of BKN or OVC extent changes to or passes 30 or 60m
35.4
35.5 35.6
35.7
The criteria for initiation of LVP are cloud ceiling and visibility or RVR. The visibility criteria may be based on RVR or meteorological visibility. Local instructions shall include the specific visibility and/or RVR and cloud ceiling values for implementation of LVP. When either of these key elements fall below predefined limits then approved LVP shall be activated To implement ground procedures in LVC, the RVR information from one or more observation positions which are considered to be representative of the selected taxiing route, supplemented by pilots reports if applicable, shall be used. At aerodromes being operational under low visibility conditions where taxiing routes are extensive, additional observations shall be provided.
35.8
36
36.1
RVR
Runway visual range (RVR) shall be measured by instrumental means for Category II and III approaches as well as Low Visibility Take-offs. RVR observations shall be made and reported when either the horizontal visibility or RVR is observed/ measured to be less than 1500 metres. RVR shall be measured with lights switched on and adjusted to the appropriate setting for the intended operation. RVR measurements shall be averaged over a period of one minute for digital display to Ait Traffic Services. RVR measurements shall be continuously displayed for the controller providing Air Traffic Services for aircraft taking off and for approaching aircraft within eight
36.2
36.3
36.4
36.5
20
nautical miles from the runway. 36.6 Reporting shall be made in increments as follows: 1. For RVR values up to 400 metres increments of 25 metres; 2. For RVR values 400 800 metres increments of 50 metres; 3. For RVR values above 800 metres increments of 100 metres. 36.7 For Category II and III operations the RVR shall be measured at a minimum of three positions, representative of the touchdown zone, the midpoint and stop end of the runway, at a lateral distance from the runway of not more than 120 metres; and 1. The site for observations to be representative of the touchdown zone shall be located about 300 metres along the runway from the threshold; 2. The site for observations to be representative of the middle section of the runway shall be located at a distance of 1000 to 1500 metres along the runway from the threshold; 3. The site for observations to be representative of the far section of the runway shall be located at a distance of about 300 metres from the upwind end of the runway. 36.8 36.9 Multi-site RVR measurements shall be made for Low Visibility Take-off. RVR measurements shall be recorded at intervals not exceeding one minute when LVP are implemented. Recordings shall be retained for a period of not less than 90 days.
37
37.1
Ceiling
Where cloud/ceiling height has significant effect on landings, ceilometers shall be provided for the applicable runway. Measurements of ceiling/cloud height shall be continuously displayed in digital form for the controller providing Air Traffic Services for approaching aircraft within eight nautical miles from the runway. Ceiling measurements shall be recorded at intervals not exceeding one minute when LVP are implemented. Recordings shall be retained for a period of not less than 90 days.
37.2
37.3
Section J Aeronautical Information Services 38

38.1
Introduction
Except as specified below, aeronautical information services shall be provided in accordance with the general requirements of ICAO Annex 15.
39
39.1
Provisions shall be made for rapid dissemination of information to flight crew whenever the operating performance of any part of the ground facilities falls below the level at which it has been promulgated.
40
40.1
AIP / NOTAM
The wording of NOTAM or AIP entries shall not give the impression that such operations are dependent on the availability of any particular part of the ground 21
system. This shall include a description of procedures that will be applied as part of the LVP, together with the trigger point at which they will be implemented by Air Traffic Services. 40.2 A general entry shall be included in the ENR section of the AIP in addition to the detailed information relating to specific aerodromes. This entry shall include a description of the procedures for operators to obtain authorisation for LVO. Meteorological criteria for initiation of LVP shall be published in the relevant AD section of the AIP. When any part of the system supporting LVO is unserviceable or downgraded, a NOTAM shall be issued, provided the failure time complies with the NOTAM issuance requirements.
40.3
40.4
41
41.1
Automatic Terminal Information Service (ATIS)

ATIS broadcasts shall be provided at aerodromes where there is a requirement to reduce the load on radio communication channels and therefore reduce the workload on both controllers and pilots. Availability of low visibility facilities shall be communicated to pilots by means of the ATIS broadcast, where available, except for short notice changes which shall be passed by radio. The following standard phraseology shall be used in ATIS broadcasts: Low Visibility Procedures(CAT II or CAT III) in operation
41.2
41.3
Additionally, when local conditions require specific holding positions to be used the following message shall be used if necessary: Use Category XX Holding Positions Where XX is replaced by the relevant category of operation (II or III) as appropriate. When LVP are terminated, the ATIS shall be updated by removing the Low Visibility Procedures(CAT II or CAT III) in operation message
Section K Aerodrome Facilities 42

42.1
Introduction
When LVO are planned for an airport, all facilities must be considered and assessed for suitability. The requirements detailed in these regulations must be considered in conjunction with appropriate ICAO Annexes and documents related to the airport and its facilities. Special procedures and equipment may be required to ensure that these operations can be conducted safely. The specific types of operations requiring establishment of LVP are: 1. Low Visibility Take-off; 2. Approach and landing operations in Category II and III weather conditions; 3. Deteriorating weather conditions, which preclude full visual observation of the manoeuvring area.
42.2
42.3
The conduct of LVO depends on the existence of suitable runway protection measures, surface movement guidance and control, emergency procedures and apron management.
22
42.4
The extent and complexity of the procedures will depend on the operations being conducted while meeting the objectives as stated in paragraph .4 The physical characteristics of runways and taxiways, and the characteristics of pre-threshold terrain shall be carefully considered to ensure safe operations in LVC.
42.5
43
43.1
Responsibility
The implementation of the requirements contained in these Low Visibility Regulations is the responsibility of the airport operator who shall ensure that suitable measures have been taken.
44
44.1
Apron Management
Apron management Service is normally required under LVC to provide instructions and advise to pilots and vehicle drivers in order to manage movement of traffic on apron areas. Local procedures shall be developed by the unit operating the apron management service to manage the movement of aircraft and vehicles on the apron for the lowest visibility conditions under which the aerodrome will maintain operations. A formal agreement between ATC and the Apron Management Service shall define the LBVP to be used and clearly state the tasks and responsibilities of each party in LVC, in particular including provisions for the movement of vehicles on the apron.
44.2
44.3
45
45.1
Rescue and Fire Fighting

Procedures and facilities for continuous communication between ATC and leading Rescue and Fire fighting vehicles shall be established in order to minimise response times. All available aids, including the Surface Movement radar, shall be used to guide Rescue and Fire Fighting vehicles to the location of the emergency. Fire stations and/or standby positions on the movement area shall be used for optimum deployment of Rescue and Fire Fighting vehicle during LVC. Locations shall be selected according to visibility conditions in order to ensure that acceptable response times can be achieved. Service roads and emergency access roads shall be provided with adequate signs and markings which enable drivers to establish their position and route in the lowest visibility conditions in which the airport maintains operations.
45.2
45.3
46
46.1
Ground Vehicles
The requirement for ATC to be continuously aware of the movement of vehicles and other activities on the manoeuvring area assumes greater importance when LVP are in force. Only vehicles essential to the operation of the aerodrome and driven by an authorised driver shall be allowed on the movement area. Vehicle shall be equipped with an aerodrome chart permanently displayed in the drivers cab showing all taxiways, runways, holding points and vehicle routes marked with their appropriate designation. The chart shall be accompanied by 23
46.2
46.3
written instructions detailing the action that the driver shall take in the event that the vehicle shall break down or that the driver shall become unsure of his position on the aerodrome. 46.4 The airport operator shall ensure that drivers of vehicles permitted on the movement area of the airport are properly qualified. This shall include, as appropriate to the drivers functions; 1. The geography of the airport; 2. Airport signs, markings and lights; 3. Radiotelephone operating procedures; 4. Terms and phrases used in aerodrome control including the phonetic alphabet; 5. Rules of air traffic services as they relate to ground operations; 6. Airport rules and procedures; 7. Specialist functions as required, for example, in rescue and fire fighting; The driver shall hold a UAE drivers licence for the appropriate category of vehicle and demonstrate ability to navigate on the airport whilst complying with air traffic control and local procedures. 46.5 Vehicles operating on the manoeuvring area shall be equipped with R/T and the driver required to maintain contact with ATC at all times. Ground vehicles shall use frequencies separate from those used for control of aircraft. All personnel involved in LVO shall be trained and exercised held regularly under conditions which include actual or simulated low visibility. Drivers may be trained to different levels, appropriate with their functions for example, drivers restricted to aprons. Drivers shall be tested for proficiency at least once a year. A disciplinary system shall be established and enforced to ensure adherence to local rules.
46.6
46.7
46.8
46.9 46.10
47
47.1
Security
Co-ordination procedures with airport security services shall be established to ensure that only authorised personnel or vehicles gain access to the movement area.
24

Car Part Viii

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Car Part Viii

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PARTVIII

CAR Part VIII Subpart 1, GENERAL

CAR PART VIII SUBPART 1 GENERAL

CAR Part VIII Subpart 1, GENERAL

CAR Part VIII Subpart 1, GENERAL

CAR Part VIII Subpart 1, GENERAL

AMENDMENTS TO CAR PART VIII, SUBPART 1

CAR Part VIII Subpart 1, GENERAL

d. quality assurance, e. safety management systems, f. operational approvals

CAR Part VIII Subpart 1, GENERAL

CAR Part VIII Subpart 1, GENERAL

CAR Part VIII Subpart 1, GENERAL

CAR Part VIII Subpart 1, GENERAL

CAR Part VIII Subpart 1, GENERAL

CAR Part VIII Subpart 1, GENERAL

CAR Part VIII Subpart 1, GENERAL

CAR Part VIII Subpart 1, GENERAL

CAR Part VIII Subpart 1, GENERAL

CAR Part VIII Subpart 1, GENERAL

CAR Part VIII Subpart 1, GENERAL

CAR Part VIII Subpart 1, GENERAL

CAR Part VIII Subpart 1, GENERAL

CAR Part VIII Subpart 1, GENERAL

Common Reference Systems

CAR Part VIII Subpart 1, GENERAL

Requirement for Certificate

Application for Certificate

CAR Part VIII Subpart 1, GENERAL

Transfer or Withdrawal of Certificate

Changes to Certificate Holders Organisation

CAR Part VIII Subpart 1, GENERAL

Section B Certification Requirements 14

CAR Part VIII Subpart 1, GENERAL

CAR Part VIII Subpart 1, GENERAL

Internal Quality Assurance

CAR Part VIII Subpart 1, GENERAL

CAR Part VIII Subpart 1, GENERAL

CAR Part VIII Subpart 1, GENERAL

maintenance, and disposal of records; and f. internal quality assurance; and

Section C Operating Requirements 21

Safety Inspections and Audits

CAR Part VIII Subpart 2, AIS

CAR PART VIII Subpart 2 AERONAUTICAL INFORMATION SERVICE ORGANISATIONS

CAR Part VIII Subpart 2 AIS

APPLICABILITY ..................................................................................................................... 5 DEFINITIONS AND ACRONYMS .......................................................................................... 5

3.REQUIREMENT FOR CERTIFICATE ................................................................................... 5

SECTION B CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS ..................................................................... 7 9. PERSONNEL REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................ 7

CAR Part VIII Subpart 2, AIS

CAR Part VIII Subpart 2 AIS

AMENDMENTS TO CAR PART VIII, SUBPART 2

CAR Part VIII Subpart 2, AIS

Definitions and acronyms

Requirement for Certificate

Application for Certificate

CAR Part VIII Subpart 2 AIS

CAR Part VIII Subpart 2, AIS

Section B Certification Requirements 9

CAR Part VIII Subpart 2 AIS

d. ICAO Doc 7910, e. ICAO Doc 8126, f. ICAO Doc 8400,

CAR Part VIII Subpart 2, AIS

Publication of Aeronautical Information

CAR Part VIII Subpart 2 AIS

CAR Part VIII Subpart 2, AIS

Internal Quality Assurance